Перевод: со всех языков на английский

note from one's parent(s)

1 excuse

excuse [εkskyz]

1. feminine noun

excuse

• il a pris pour excuse qu'il avait à travailler he gave the excuse that he had work to do

2. plural feminine noun

excuses ( = regrets) apology

• faire des excuses

• présenter ses excuses to apologize

• je vous dois des excuses I owe you an apology

* * *
ɛkskyz
nom féminin

1) ( justification) excuse ( à quelque chose for something)

ce n'est pas une excuse pour faire — it's no excuse for doing

en guise d'excuse — by way of an excuse

2) ( regret) apology

faire or présenter des excuses à quelqu'un — to offer one's apologies to somebody

exiger des excuses (de la part de quelqu'un) — to demand an apology from somebody

mille excuses — I'm terribly sorry

* * *
ɛkskyz
1. nf

(= prétexte) excuse

Il trouve toujours une bonne excuse pour ne pas faire la vaisselle. — He always finds a good excuse for not doing the washing-up.

mot d'excuse ÉDUCATION — note from one's parent(s) (to explain absence etc), note

Vous devez apporter un mot d'excuse signé par vos parents. — You have to bring a note from your parents.

2. excuses nfpl

apology sg apologies

faire des excuses — to apologize

faire ses excuses — to make one's apologies

présenter ses excuses — to offer one's apologies

lettre d'excuses — letter of apology

* * *

excuse nf

1 ( justification) excuse; ce n'est pas une excuse pour faire it's no excuse for doing; chercher une excuse/des excuses to look for an excuse/excuses; il trouve toujours de bonnes excuses pour ne pas venir he always manages to find an excuse for not coming; en guise or manière d'excuse by way of an excuse; avoir [qch] pour excuse to have [sth] as an excuse; trouver des excuses à qn to find excuses for sb; une excuse à qch an excuse for sth; sans excuse inexcusable;

2 ( regret) apology; faire or présenter des excuses à qn to offer one's apologies to sb, to apologize to sb; attendre/exiger des excuses (de la part de qn) to expect/demand an apology from sb; se confondre en excuses to apologize profusely; faire un geste d'excuse to make an apologetic gesture; avoir un sourire d'excuse to smile apologetically, to give an apologetic smile; une lettre d'excuse a letter of apology; mille excuses I'm terribly sorry; faites excuse○ controv forgive me.

Composé

excuse légale lawful excuse.

[ɛkskyz] nom féminin

1. [motif allégué] excuse, pretext

j'étais fatigué — ce n'est pas une excuse! I was tired — it's no excuse!

tu n'as aucune excuse you have no excuse

elle a donné pour excuse le manque d'argent she used lack of money as an excuse

trouver des excuses à quelqu'un to find excuses for ou to excuse somebody

la belle excuse! (ironique) what an ou that's some excuse!

faites excuse!

a. (humoristique) [regrets] I do apologize!

b. [objection] excuse me!

2. DROIT

excuse atténuante extenuating excuse

excuse légale legal excuse

————————

excuses nom féminin pluriel

apology

faire ou présenter ses excuses à quelqu'un to offer one's apologies ou to apologize to somebody

il vous fait ses plus plates excuses he apologizes to you most humbly

tu me dois des excuses you owe me an apology

les excuses

Présenter ses excuses

Sorry, I didn't see you there. Pardon, je ne vous avais pas vu

Pardon me! ou Excuse me! (après avoir éternué, par exemple) Pardon ! ou Excusez-moi !

Sorry to interrupt, but could someone show me the way out? Désolé de vous interrompre, mais est-ce que quelqu'un pourrait m'indiquer la sortie ?

I'm sorry about ou for the confusion this morning. Je suis désolé pour le malentendu de ce matin

I'm (terribly ou awfully) sorry if I offended you the other day. Si je t'ai vexé l'autre jour, je suis (vraiment) désolé

I'm really sorry, but I can't come on Saturday. Je suis désolé, mais je ne peux pas venir samedi

Pardon? What did you say? Pardon ? Vous disiez ?

I apologize for my behaviour last night. Je m'excuse pour hier soir

I'm afraid we're going to have to cancel dinner next week. J'ai bien peur que nous devions annuler le dîner de la semaine prochaine

Répondre à des excuses

That's ou It's OK. Ce n'est pas grave

Don't worry (about it), it doesn't matter. Ne t'en fais pas, ça ne fait rien

Let's say no more about it. N'en parlons plus

There's no need to apologize. Ne vous excusez pas

Apology accepted. N'en parlons plus

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > excuse
2 סבב

סָבַב(b. h.) to go around, turn. Num. R. s. 18 כשהייתי … והולך וסוֹבֵב כלוכ׳ when I travelled … and went around all the towns; הייתי סובב והולך מעירוכ׳ I went around from town to town. Erub.56a וסובב אל צפון בלילה ‘and turns northward (Koh. 1:6) by night; a. e. Nif. נָסַב to take a turn. Num. R. s. 4 ונָסַבָּה ורחבה למעלה it turned upward and became wider. Pi. סִיבֵּב 1) to surround. Erub. l. c.; B. Bath.25b (ref. to Koh. l. c.) פעמים מְסַבַּבְתָּן ופעמים מהלכתן (Rashi סוֹבַבְתָּן, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 4) at seasons the sun goes around them (making a circuitous route), and at seasons it passes straight through (from north-east to south-west). Erub.23b; Num. R. s. 13 סַבֵּב tie around; a. e.Trnsf. to be around a person, to wait upon. Deut. R. s. 1 (play on סב את ההר, Deut. 2:3) הרבה סי׳ עשו את הורווכ׳ a long while has Esau been around his parent סי׳ על הפתחים to go around from door to door, to beg. Tosef.Peah IV, 8 המְסַבֵּב על … איןוכ׳ for the poor man that goes begging, the public charities are not bound to do anything. Y. ib. I, 15d top כבד …אפי׳ את מסבב וכ׳ ‘honor thy father and thy mother, even if thou have to go begging (thou must support them); Pesik. R. s. 23–24; a. e.Ruth R. to I, 1 עכשיו … מְסַבְּבִין פתחיוכ׳ now all Israel will surround my gate …, waiting for distribution of food; Yalk. ib. 598 יהיו … מְסוּבִּין2.) to carry around from place to place. Kel. I, 7 ומְסַבְּבִין לתוכןוכ׳ and you may carry a corpse from one (of the fortified places) to another; Tosef. ib. B. Kam.I, 14 ומס׳ בתוכן. 3) to place around. Num. R. s. 2 סי׳ לכסאווכ׳ he placed four angels around his throne.Part. pass. מְסוּבָּב, f. מְסוּבֶּבֶת surrounded, closed. B. Bath.25b, v. אַכְסַדְרָא.Pl. מְסוּבִּים, מְסוּבִּין assembled, arranged around. Ab. Zar.18a מס׳ לווכ׳ (Ms. M. מְסוֹבְבִין אותו) (his sins) are arranged around him on the day of judgment (as witnesses). Yalk. Ruth l. c., v. supra.Esp. reclining on the dining couch around the tables (v. מְסוּבֶּה). Ex. R. s. 25 מס׳ ואוכליןוכ׳ lying on couches and eating and praising Pes.101b בני … מס׳ לשתות the members of a party that were assembled for a feast; ib. 102a. Tosef. ib. X, 12; a. fr.Tanḥ. Ḥayé 3 מסביב, read: מכתיב, v. כָּתַב. Hif. הֵסֵב, הֵסִיב, הֵיסֵ׳ 1) ( to surround the table, to recline for dining in company. Ber.VI, 6 (42a) הֵסֵיבּוּ אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. הֵסֵבּוּ; Y. ed. הֵיסֵבּוּ) if they lie down for a meal, one says grace in behalf of all, opp. היו יושבין. Tosef. ib. IV, 20 בעל הבית שהיה מֵיסֵב ואוכלוכ׳ if a host has been reclining in company and eating, and a neighbor called him away to speak to him. Ib. V, 5; Y.Taan.IV, 68a bot. בזמן שהן שתי … ומיסבוכ׳ when there are two couches, the highest in rank goes up and reclines at the head of the uppermost couch, v. חֶסַּב. Pes.X, 1 אפי׳ עני … עד שיֵסֵב even the poorest man in Israel must not eat (on the Passover night) without reclining (to indicate that he is a free man); a. fr. 2) to cause to recline, to invite. Ex. R. s. 25 (ref. to ויסב, Ex. 13:18, a. שלחן, Ps. 78:19 הסַיבָּן תחת ענניוכ׳ he invited them to recline under the clouds of glory (v. סִיגְמָטִין); a. e. 3) to turn around. Pesik. R. s. 14 עתיד אני להָסֵיב על עולמיוכ׳ I shall turn again to my world in mercy. Hof. הוּסַב to be transferred from tribe to tribe (Num. 36:7). B. Bath. 112a כבר הוּסַבָּה the field had been transferred (before the division of the land); שכבר הוסבה לא אמרינן we do not adopt the argument that a transfer before the division made any difference (v. comment., a. Rabb. D. S. a. l. notes 4 a. 5 for Var. Lect.). Polel סוֹבֵב to surround. Ab. Zar.18a, v. supra.

Jewish literature > סבב
3 סָבַב

סָבַב(b. h.) to go around, turn. Num. R. s. 18 כשהייתי … והולך וסוֹבֵב כלוכ׳ when I travelled … and went around all the towns; הייתי סובב והולך מעירוכ׳ I went around from town to town. Erub.56a וסובב אל צפון בלילה ‘and turns northward (Koh. 1:6) by night; a. e. Nif. נָסַב to take a turn. Num. R. s. 4 ונָסַבָּה ורחבה למעלה it turned upward and became wider. Pi. סִיבֵּב 1) to surround. Erub. l. c.; B. Bath.25b (ref. to Koh. l. c.) פעמים מְסַבַּבְתָּן ופעמים מהלכתן (Rashi סוֹבַבְתָּן, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 4) at seasons the sun goes around them (making a circuitous route), and at seasons it passes straight through (from north-east to south-west). Erub.23b; Num. R. s. 13 סַבֵּב tie around; a. e.Trnsf. to be around a person, to wait upon. Deut. R. s. 1 (play on סב את ההר, Deut. 2:3) הרבה סי׳ עשו את הורווכ׳ a long while has Esau been around his parent סי׳ על הפתחים to go around from door to door, to beg. Tosef.Peah IV, 8 המְסַבֵּב על … איןוכ׳ for the poor man that goes begging, the public charities are not bound to do anything. Y. ib. I, 15d top כבד …אפי׳ את מסבב וכ׳ ‘honor thy father and thy mother, even if thou have to go begging (thou must support them); Pesik. R. s. 23–24; a. e.Ruth R. to I, 1 עכשיו … מְסַבְּבִין פתחיוכ׳ now all Israel will surround my gate …, waiting for distribution of food; Yalk. ib. 598 יהיו … מְסוּבִּין2.) to carry around from place to place. Kel. I, 7 ומְסַבְּבִין לתוכןוכ׳ and you may carry a corpse from one (of the fortified places) to another; Tosef. ib. B. Kam.I, 14 ומס׳ בתוכן. 3) to place around. Num. R. s. 2 סי׳ לכסאווכ׳ he placed four angels around his throne.Part. pass. מְסוּבָּב, f. מְסוּבֶּבֶת surrounded, closed. B. Bath.25b, v. אַכְסַדְרָא.Pl. מְסוּבִּים, מְסוּבִּין assembled, arranged around. Ab. Zar.18a מס׳ לווכ׳ (Ms. M. מְסוֹבְבִין אותו) (his sins) are arranged around him on the day of judgment (as witnesses). Yalk. Ruth l. c., v. supra.Esp. reclining on the dining couch around the tables (v. מְסוּבֶּה). Ex. R. s. 25 מס׳ ואוכליןוכ׳ lying on couches and eating and praising Pes.101b בני … מס׳ לשתות the members of a party that were assembled for a feast; ib. 102a. Tosef. ib. X, 12; a. fr.Tanḥ. Ḥayé 3 מסביב, read: מכתיב, v. כָּתַב. Hif. הֵסֵב, הֵסִיב, הֵיסֵ׳ 1) ( to surround the table, to recline for dining in company. Ber.VI, 6 (42a) הֵסֵיבּוּ אחדוכ׳ (Bab. ed. הֵסֵבּוּ; Y. ed. הֵיסֵבּוּ) if they lie down for a meal, one says grace in behalf of all, opp. היו יושבין. Tosef. ib. IV, 20 בעל הבית שהיה מֵיסֵב ואוכלוכ׳ if a host has been reclining in company and eating, and a neighbor called him away to speak to him. Ib. V, 5; Y.Taan.IV, 68a bot. בזמן שהן שתי … ומיסבוכ׳ when there are two couches, the highest in rank goes up and reclines at the head of the uppermost couch, v. חֶסַּב. Pes.X, 1 אפי׳ עני … עד שיֵסֵב even the poorest man in Israel must not eat (on the Passover night) without reclining (to indicate that he is a free man); a. fr. 2) to cause to recline, to invite. Ex. R. s. 25 (ref. to ויסב, Ex. 13:18, a. שלחן, Ps. 78:19 הסַיבָּן תחת ענניוכ׳ he invited them to recline under the clouds of glory (v. סִיגְמָטִין); a. e. 3) to turn around. Pesik. R. s. 14 עתיד אני להָסֵיב על עולמיוכ׳ I shall turn again to my world in mercy. Hof. הוּסַב to be transferred from tribe to tribe (Num. 36:7). B. Bath. 112a כבר הוּסַבָּה the field had been transferred (before the division of the land); שכבר הוסבה לא אמרינן we do not adopt the argument that a transfer before the division made any difference (v. comment., a. Rabb. D. S. a. l. notes 4 a. 5 for Var. Lect.). Polel סוֹבֵב to surround. Ab. Zar.18a, v. supra.

Jewish literature > סָבַב
4 tenir

tenir [t(ə)niʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

3. indirect transitive verb

4. impersonal verb

5. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 22

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque tenir fait partie d'une locution comme tenir compagnie, tenir chaud, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (avec les mains) to hold

• la clé qu'il tient à la main the key that he's holding

• la clé qu'il tient dans sa main the key that he's holding

• il tient son fils par la main he's holding his son's hand

• tenir la porte à qn to hold the door open for sb

   b. ( = maintenir dans un certain état) to keep

• tenir les yeux ouverts to keep one's eyes open

• le café le tient éveillé coffee keeps him awake

• tenir qch en place to keep sth in place

• tenir une note (Music) to hold a note

   c. ( = gérer) [+ hôtel, magasin, comptes, maison, ménage] to keep

   d. ( = détenir) to have

• si je le tenais ! just let me get my hands on him!

• nous le tenons we've got him

• parfait, je tiens mon article great, now I have my article

• qu'est-ce qu'il tient ! (inf) ( = il est ivre) he's plastered (inf!) ; ( = il est idiot) he's such an idiot!

• en tenir pour qn (inf) ( = l'aimer) to have a crush on sb (inf)

   e. ( = contrôler) [+ enfant, classe] to have under control

   f. ( = organiser) [+ séance, réunion, conférence] to hold

   g. ( = occuper) [+ place, largeur] to take up ; [+ rôle] to have ; [+ emploi] to hold

• ça tient trop de place it takes up too much room

• il tenait sa droite [conducteur] he was keeping to the right

• elle a bien tenu son rôle de chef she was a good manager

• elle tient le rôle d'Ophélie she plays the role of Ophelia

   h. ( = contenir) [récipient] to hold

   i. ( = résister à) tenir l'alcool (inf) to be able to hold one's drink

• tenir le coup [personne] to survive ; [chose] to last

• avec tout ce travail, est-ce qu'il pourra tenir le coup ? with all that work will he be able to cope?

   j. ( = respecter) [+ promesse, pari, planning] to keep to

• tenir le rythme to keep up the pace

   k. (locutions)

► tenir qn/qch pour ( = considérer comme) to regard sb/sth as

• je le tenais pour un imbécile I regarded him as an idiot

• elle le tient pour responsable de l'accident she holds him responsible for the accident► tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb

• il tient cela de son père he gets that from his father► tiens ! (en donnant) here you are!

• tiens, voilà mon frère ! oh, there's my brother!

• tiens, tiens ! well, well!

2. <

   a. ( = rester en place) [objet fixe, nœud, clou] to hold ; [objets empilés, échafaudage] to stay up

• ce chapeau ne tient pas sur ma tête this hat won't stay on my head

• la branche est cassée mais elle tient encore the branch is broken but it's still attached to the tree

• il tient bien sur ses jambes he's very steady on his legs

   b. ( = durer) [accord, beau temps, coiffure] to hold ; [couleur] to be fast ; [mariage, fleurs] to last

• ça tient toujours, notre pique-nique ? (inf) is our picnic still on?

• il n'y a pas de match qui tienne there's no question of going to any match

   c. ( = résister) to hold out

• tenir bon to hold out

• il fait trop chaud, on ne tient plus ici it's too hot - we can't stand it here any longer

   d. ( = pouvoir être contenu) to fit ( dans into)

• ils ne tiendront pas dans la voiture they won't fit into the car

• à cette table, on peut tenir à huit this table can seat eight

• son discours tient en quelques pages his speech is just a few pages long

3. <

• tenir à ( = être attaché à) [+ réputation, opinion de qn] to care about ; [+ objet, personne] to be fond of ; ( = avoir pour cause) to be due to

• il ne tenait plus à la vie he had lost his will to live

• tu veux aller au cinéma ? -- je n'y tiens pas do you want to go to the cinema? -- not particularly

• il tient beaucoup à vous connaître he's very anxious to meet you

• elle tenait absolument à parler she insisted on speaking

• il tient à ce que nous sachions... he is anxious that we should know...

• tu viens avec nous ? -- si tu y tiens are you coming with us? -- if you really want me to

• ça tient au climat it's because of the climate

• son succès tient à peu de chose his success hangs on very little

• à quoi ça tient ? why is that?

• tenir de ( = ressembler à) [+ parent] to take after

• il tient de son père he takes after his father

• il a de qui tenir it runs in the family

4. <

( = dépendre de) to depend

• il ne tient qu'à vous de décider it's up to you to decide

► qu'à cela ne tienne ! no problem!

5. <

   a. (avec les mains) to hold

• il se tenait le ventre de douleur he was holding his stomach in pain

• se tenir à qch to hold onto sth

• ils se tenaient par la main they were holding hands

• ils se tenaient par la taille they had their arms round each other's waists

   b. ( = être dans une position) se tenir debout to be standing up

• tiens-toi droit (debout) stand up straight ; (assis) sit up straight

• redresse-toi, tu te tiens mal stand up straight, you're slouching

• tenez-vous prêts à partir be ready to leave

• elle se tenait à sa fenêtre she was standing at her window

   c. ( = se conduire) to behave

• il ne sait pas se tenir he doesn't know how to behave

• se tenir tranquille to be quiet

• tiens-toi tranquille keep still

• se tenir mal (à table) to have bad table manners ; (en société) to behave badly

• il n'a qu'à bien se tenir ! he'd better behave himself!

   d. ( = avoir lieu) [conférence, réunion] to be held ; [festival] to take place

   e. ( = être cohérent) [raisonnement] to hold together

• tout se tient it's all connected

   f. (locutions)

► tiens-toi bien ! wait till you hear the next bit!

• tu sais combien elle a gagné ? tiens-toi bien: 3 millions ! do you know how much she won? you won't believe it! - 3 million!► s'en tenir à ( = se limiter à) to confine o.s. to ; ( = se satisfaire de) to content o.s. with

• nous nous en tiendrons là pour aujourd'hui we'll leave it at that for today

• il aimerait savoir à quoi s'en tenir he'd like to know where he stands

• je sais à quoi m'en tenir sur son compte I know the sort of man he is► se tenir pour ( = se considérer comme)

il se tient pour responsable he holds himself responsible

• tenez-vous-le pour dit ! (avertissement) you've been warned!

* * *
təniʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( serrer) to hold

tiens-moi ça — hold this (for me)

tenir quelqu'un par la main — to hold somebody's hand

tenir la rampe — to hold onto the banisters

tiens! — ( voici) here you are!; ( écoute-moi) look!

tiens! c'est pour toi — ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!

si je le tenais! — if I could get my hands on him!

bien tenir — to hold on to

2) ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [somebody] under control

il nous tient — he's got a hold on us

3) Armée to hold

4) ( avoir attrapé) to hold

je te tiens! — I've caught ou got you!

pendant que je te tiens — fig whilst I've got you

tenir une grippe — (colloq) to have flu GB ou the flu US

5) ( posséder) to have [renseignements]

de qui tenez-vous ce renseignement? — where did you get that information?

elle tient ses bijoux de sa mère — she inherited her jewels from her mother

6) ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi]; to run [boutique, maison, journal]; to be in charge of [standard, bureau d'accueil]

bien tenir sa maison — to keep one's house spick and span

tenir la comptabilité — to keep the books

7) ( garder) to keep

tenir quelqu'un occupé — to keep somebody busy

‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ — ‘keep out of reach of children’

tenir une note — Musique to hold a note

8) ( conserver une position)

tenir sa tête droite — to hold one's head upright

tenir les yeux baissés — to keep one's eyes lowered

9) ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]

tenir la porte fermée avec son pied — to hold the door shut with one's foot

10) ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]

11) ( résister)

tenir la mer — [navire] to be seaworthy

tenir le coup — (physiquement, moralement) to hold out

tenir le choc — [matériel] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain

12) ( contenir) to hold [quantité, litres]

13) ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]

14) ( considérer)

tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour responsable — to hold somebody/something responsible

je tiens mes renseignements pour exacts — I consider my information to be correct

tenir quelqu'un pour mort — to give somebody up for dead

tenir pour certain que — to regard it as certain that

2.

tenir à verbe transitif indirect

1) ( avoir de l'attachement pour)

tenir à — to be fond of, to like

tenir à sa réputation/à la vie — to value one's reputation/one's life

il tient à son argent — he can't bear to be parted from his money

tenir à son indépendance — to like one's independence

2) ( vouloir)

j'y tiens — I insist

tenir à faire — to want to do

je ne tiens pas à faire — I'd rather not do

tenir à ce que quelqu'un fasse — to insist that somebody should do

je ne tiens pas à ce qu'elle y aille — I'd rather she didn't go

je tiens beaucoup à la revoir — I'd really like to see her again

nous tenons absolument à vous avoir à dîner bientôt — you really must come to dinner soon

3) ( être dû à)

tenir à — to be due to

3.

tenir de verbe transitif indirect

1) ( ressembler à)

tenir de — to take after

il a de qui tenir — (colloq) you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from

de qui peut-elle tenir pour être si méchante? — where does she get her nastiness from?

2) ( s'apparenter à)

tenir de — to border on

4.

verbe intransitif

1) ( rester en place) [attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick (à to); [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in

ces chaussures ne me tiennent pas aux pieds — these shoes won't stay on my feet

2) ( résister)

tenir (bon) — ( surmonter les conditions) to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on; Armée to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on

tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion — to last without cigarettes till the end of the meeting

j'espère que ma voiture va tenir (bon) — I hope my car will last out

il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne — (colloq) there's no question of watching television

3) ( durer)

le plan tient-il toujours? — is the plan still on?

la neige tient — the snow is settling

les fleurs n'ont pas tenu — the flowers didn't last long

la couleur n'a pas tenu — the colour [BrE] has faded

4) ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; [alibi] to stand up

5) ( être contenu) [personnes, objets] to fit ( dans into)

faire tenir six personnes dans une voiture — to fit six people into a car

mon article tient en trois pages — my article takes up only three pages

tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur — to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough ( dans for)

tenir en hauteur dans une pièce — to fit into a room (heightwise)

ne pas tenir en hauteur — to be too tall ( dans for)

5.

se tenir verbe pronominal

1) ( soi-même) to hold

se tenir la tête de douleur — to hold one's head in pain

2) ( l'un l'autre)

se tenir par le bras — to be arm in arm

ils se tenaient par la taille — they had their arms around each other's waists

se tenir par la main — to hold hands

3) ( s'accrocher) to hold on

se tenir par les pieds — to hold on with one's feet

tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien — (colloq) fig prepare yourself for a shock

4) ( demeurer)

se tenir accroupi/allongé — to be squatting/stretched out

se tenir sans bouger — to stay still

se tenir prêt — to be ready

se tenir tranquille — ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself

se tenir immobile — ( debout) to stand still

5) ( se comporter) to behave

savoir se tenir — to know how to behave

tiens-toi bien! — behave yourself!

6) ( avoir une posture)

se tenir bien/mal — to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture

tiens-toi droit! — ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!

7) ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held

8) ( être liés) [événements] to fit together

9) ( être cohérent) [raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together

ça se tient — it makes sense

10) ( se considérer)

se tenir pour — to consider oneself to be

tenez-vous le pour dit! — (colloq) I don't want to have to tell you again!

11) ( être fidèle)

s'en tenir à — to stand by

12) ( se limiter)

s'en tenir à — to keep to

s'en tenir aux ordres — to stick to orders

s'en tenir là — to leave it there

ne pas savoir à quoi s'en tenir avec — not to know what to make of

6.

verbe impersonnel

il ne tient qu'à toi de partir — it's up to you to decide whether to leave

qu'à cela ne tienne! — never mind!

7.

tiens exclamation oh!

tiens (donc), vous voilà! — oh, there you are!

tiens, vous croyez? — do you think so?

tiens donc! — iron fancy that!

tiens tiens (tiens)! — well, well!

* * *
t(ə)niʀ
1. vt

1) (avec sa main) to hold

Tu peux tenir la lampe, s'il te plaît? — Can you hold the torch, please?

Il tenait un enfant par la main. — He was holding a child by the hand.

2) (= gérer) [magasin, hôtel] to run

tenir les comptes — to keep the books

tenir un rôle — to play a part

3) [promesse, engagement] to keep

4) (= considérer)

tenir qn pour — to take sb for

5) (= occuper)

tenir de la place — to take up space

6) (= résister à)

tenir l'alcool — to be able to hold a drink

tenir le coup — to hold out

7) (= garder, maintenir)

tenir sa langue fig — to hold one's tongue

tenir au chaud — to keep hot

tenir à l'abri — to keep under cover

tenir prêt — to have ready

Tenez votre chien en laisse. — Keep your dog on the lead.

8) (= avoir reçu)

tenir qch de qn [histoire] — to have heard sth from sb, [qualité, défaut] to have inherited sth from sb, to have got sth from sb

2. vi

1) (= ne pas se défaire) [noeud, joint] to hold

2) (= ne pas disparaître) [neige, gel] to last

3) (= résister) (= survivre) to survive

tenir bon — to stand fast

tenir 3 jours — to last 3 days

4) (en donnant quelque chose)

tiens, voilà le stylo! — there's the pen!

5) (exclamatif)

Tiens, c'est Alain là-bas! — Look, that's Alain over there!

tiens? (surprise) — really?

6)

tenir à [ami, objet] — to be attached to, to care for

Il tient beaucoup à elle. — He's very attached to her., (= avoir pour cause) to be due to, to stem from, (= dépendre de)

ça ne tient qu'à lui — it is entirely up to him

tenir à faire — to really want to do, to be determined to do

Elle tient à y aller. — She's determined to go.

tenir à ce que qn fasse qch — to really want sb to do sth

7)

tenir de (= relever de) — to partake of, (= ressembler à) to take after

Il tient de son père. — He takes after his father.

* * *

tenir verb table: venir

A vtr

1 ( serrer) to hold [objet, personne, animal]; tiens-moi ça hold this (for me); tiens-moi hold me; tiens-moi la main hold my hand; tenir qn par la main/le bras to hold sb's hand/arm; tenir un enfant contre sa poitrine to hold a child to one's breast; tenir qch à la main/dans ses mains to hold sth in one's hand/in one's hands; tenir un couteau par le manche to hold a knife by the handle; tenir la rampe to hold onto the banister; tenir son chien to hold one's dog; tenir fermement qch to hold sth firmly ou tightly; tenir qch serré sous le bras to hold sth firmly ou tightly under one's arm; tiens!, tenez! ( voici) here you are!; ( écoutez-moi) look!; tiens! c'est pour toi ( voici un cadeau) here, it's for you; ( voici une gifle) take that!; si je le tenais! if I could get or lay my hands on him!; bien tenir to hold on to [portefeuille, chien]; faire tenir une lettre/un message à qn† to dispatch a letter/a message to sb; ⇒ deux;

2 ( avoir sous son contrôle) to keep [sb] under control [élèves, enfants]; tenir sa classe to control one's class well; tenir son cheval Équit to keep one's horse well in hand; il nous tient he's got a hold on us;

3 Mil (occuper, contrôler) to hold [colline, pont, ville]; tenir la première place Sport to be in first place;

4 ( avoir attrapé) to hold [animal, coupable, meurtrier]; je te tiens! I've caught ou got you!; pendant que je te tiens fig whilst I've got you; tenir une grippe○ to have flu GB ou the flu US;

5 ( posséder) to have [preuves, renseignements]; il tient le sujet de son prochain roman he's got the subject of his next novel; tenir qch de qn to get sth from sb [trait physique, caractère, information]; il tient ses yeux bleus de son père he gets his blue eyes from his father; il tient ses informations d'un ami he got his information from a friend; je tiens cette nouvelle de Paul I got this news from Paul; d'où or de qui tenez-vous ce renseignement? where did you get that information?; d'où tenez-vous cette certitude? what makes you so certain?; elle tient ses bijoux de sa mère she inherited her jewels from her mother;

6 ( avoir la charge de) to hold [emploi, poste, assemblée]; to run [café, boutique, maison, journal, municipalité]; to be in charge of, to be on duty on [standard, bureau d'accueil]; bien tenir sa maison to keep one's house spick and span; tenir la comptabilité to keep the books;

7 ( garder) to keep; tenir qn occupé to keep sb busy; tenir sa chambre propre to keep one's room tidy; tenir les aliments au frais to keep food in a cool place; ‘tenir hors de portée des enfants’ ‘keep out of reach of children’; tenir un accord secret to keep an agreement secret; tenir la porte fermée to keep the door closed; tenir une note Mus to hold a note; tenir un article† to carry an item; tenir les cours† Fin to maintain prices;

8 ( conserver une position) tenir sa tête droite/immobile to hold one's head upright/still; tenir les bras écartés to hold one's arms apart; tenir les mains/les bras en l'air to hold up one's hands/one's arms; tenir les yeux ouverts/baissés to keep one's eyes open/lowered; tenir les poings serrés to keep one's fists clenched;

9 ( maintenir en place) to hold down [chargement]; to hold up [pantalon, chaussettes]; tenir la porte fermée avec son pied to hold the door shut with one's foot;

10 ( ne pas s'écarter de) to keep to [trajectoire]; to keep [rythme] ; tenir sa droite/sa gauche to keep to the right/to the left; tenir le large to stay in open waters;

11 ( résister) ne pas tenir la comparaison not to bear comparison; tenir l'eau to be waterproof; tenir la mer [navire] to be seaworthy; tenir le coup (physiquement, moralement) to hold out; tenir le choc lit [matériel, appareil, verre] to withstand the impact; [personne] to stand the strain;

12 ( contenir) to hold [quantité]; tenir vingt litres to hold twenty litres^GB; ma voiture ne tient que deux personnes there's room for only two people in my car;

13 ( occuper) [objet] to take up [espace, place, volume]; [personne] to hold [rôle, position]; tenir peu de place not to take up much room; tenir la place de deux personnes to take up as much room as two people; le monument tient le centre de la place the monument stands in the centre^GB of the square;

14 ( considérer) tenir qch pour sacré to hold sth sacred; tenir qn pour responsable to hold sb responsible; je le tiens pour un lâche I consider him (to be) a coward; je tiens mes renseignements pour exacts I consider my information to be correct; tenir qn pour mort to give sb up for dead; tenir pour certain que to regard it as certain that.

B tenir à vtr ind

1 ( avoir de l'attachement pour) tenir à to be fond of, to like [personne, objet]; tenir à sa réputation/à la vie to value one's reputation/one's life; il tient à son argent he can't bear to be parted from his money; tenir à son indépendance to like one's independence; tenir au corps [aliment] to be nourishing;

2 ( vouloir) j'y tiens I insist; si vous y tenez if you insist; tenir à faire to want to do; elle tient à vous parler she insists on speaking to you; je ne tiens pas à faire I'd rather not do; tenir à ce que qn fasse to insist that sb should do; je ne tiens pas à ce qu'elle fasse I'd rather she didn't do; je tiens beaucoup à la revoir I'd really like to see her again; il tient à rentrer avant la nuit he's anxious to get home before dark; nous tenons absolument à vous avoir à dîner bientôt you really must come to dinner soon; ne reste pas si tu n'y tiens pas don't stay if you don't want to;

3 ( être dû à) tenir à to be due to; la mauvaise récolte tient au manque d'eau the poor harvest is due to a lack of water; tes erreurs tiennent à ton inexpérience your mistakes are due to your lack of experience.

C tenir de vtr ind

1 ( ressembler à) tenir de to take after; tenir de sa mère/son père to take after one's mother/one's father; il a de qui tenir○ you can (just) see who he takes after ou where he gets it from; de qui peut-elle tenir pour être si méchante? where does she get her nastiness from?;

2 ( s'apparenter à) tenir de to border on; tenir du délire to border on madness.

D vi

1 ( rester en place) [clou, attache, corde, étagère, barrage, soufflé] to hold; [timbre, colle, sparadrap] to stick; [assemblage, bandage] to stay in place; [coiffure] to stay tidy; [mise en plis] to stay in; tenir au mur avec de la colle/des épingles ( adhérer) to stick to the wall with glue/pins; tenir sur une jambe/un pied to stand on one leg/one foot; ces chaussures ne me tiennent pas aux pieds these shoes won't stay on my feet;

2 ( résister) tenir (bon) ( surmonter les conditions) [personne, matériel] to hold out; ( refuser de capituler) gén to hang on, to hold out; Mil to hold out; ( ne pas relâcher sa prise) [personne] to hang on; tenir sans cigarettes jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to last ou go without cigarettes till the end of the meeting; tenir jusqu'à la fin de la réunion to hold out until the end of the meeting; tenir économiquement to hold ou last out in economic terms; j'espère que ma voiture va tenir (bon) I hope my car will last out; on a voulu me renvoyer mais j'ai tenu (bon) they wanted to fire me but I hung on; je ne peux plus (y) tenir I can't stand it any longer; il n'y a pas de télévision qui tienne○ there's no question of watching television;

3 ( durer) le plan tient-il toujours? is the plan still on?; leur mariage tient encore their marriage is still holding together; le soleil n'a pas tenu longtemps the sun didn't last long; la neige tient/ne tient pas the snow is settling/is not settling; les fleurs n'ont pas tenu the flowers didn't last long; la couleur n'a pas tenu the colour^GB has faded; tenir au lavage [couleur] not to run in the wash GB ou laundry US;

4 ( rester valable) [théorie, argument] to hold good; ton alibi ne tient plus your alibi no longer stands up; ‘ça tient toujours pour demain?’ ‘is it still all right for tomorrow?’;

5 ( être contenu) [personnes, véhicule, meubles, objets] to fit (dans into); mes vêtements tiendront dans une valise my clothes will fit into one suitcase; tenir à six dans une voiture to fit six into a car; faire tenir six personnes dans une voiture to fit six people into a car; mon article tient en trois pages my article takes up only three pages; tenir en hauteur/largeur/longueur to be short enough/narrow enough/short enough (dans for); tenir en hauteur dans une pièce to fit into a room (heightwise); ne pas tenir en hauteur/largeur/longeur to be too tall/wide/long (dans for); ne pas tenir en largeur dans un espace to be too wide for a space.

E se tenir vpr

1 ( soi-même) [personne] to hold [tête, ventre, bras]; se tenir la tête de douleur to hold one's head in pain; se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold one's head in one's hands;

2 ( l'un l'autre) se tenir par le bras [personnes] to be arm in arm; ils se tenaient par la taille they had their arms around each other's waists; se tenir par la main [personnes] to hold hands;

3 ( s'accrocher) to hold on; se tenir par les pieds to hold on with one's feet; se tenir à une branche/à la rampe to hold onto a branch/onto the banisters; se tenir d'une main à qch to hold onto sth with one hand; tiens-toi or tenez-vous bien○ fig prepare yourself for a shock;

4 ( demeurer) se tenir accroupi/allongé/penché/courbé/à genoux to be squatting/stretched out/leaning/bent over/kneeling; se tenir au milieu/à la porte ( debout) to be standing in the middle/at the door; se tenir caché/sans bouger/au chaud to stay hidden/still/in the warm; se tenir prêt to be ready; se tenir tranquille ( immobile) to keep still; ( silencieux) to keep quiet; ( dans la légalité) to behave oneself; se tenir immobile ( debout) to stand still;

5 ( se comporter) to behave; se tenir bien/mal to behave well/badly; savoir se tenir to know how to behave; tiens-toi bien! behave yourself!;

6 ( avoir une posture) se tenir droit or bien/mal to have (a) good posture/(a) bad posture; tiens-toi droit! ( debout) stand up straight!; ( assis) sit straight!;

7 ( avoir lieu) [manifestation, exposition] to be held; la réunion se tiendra au Caire the meeting will be held in Cairo;

8 ( être liés) [événements] to fit together;

9 ( être cohérent) [exposé, raisonnement, œuvre] to hold together; il n'y a rien à dire, tout se tient there's nothing to be said, it all holds together; ça se tient it makes sense;

10 ( se considérer) se tenir pour to consider oneself to be; je me tiens pour satisfait des résultats I consider myself to be satisfied with the results; tenez-vous le pour dit○! I don't want to have to tell you again!;

11 ( être fidèle) s'en tenir à to stand by; je m'en tiendrai à ma promesse/notre accord/leur décision I will stand by my promise/our agreement/their decision;

12 ( se limiter) s'en tenir à to keep to; s'en tenir au minimum/au sujet to keep to a minimum/to the point; s'en tenir aux ordres to stick to orders; s'en tenir là to leave it there; ne pas savoir à quoi s'en tenir avec qn/qch not to know what to make of sb/sth.

F v impers il ne tient qu'à toi de partir it's up to you to decide whether to leave; qu'à cela ne tienne! never mind!

G tiens excl oh!; tiens (donc), vous voilà! oh, there you are!; tiens, je parie que c'est ta mère! oh! I bet it's your mother; tiens, vous croyez? do you think so?; tiens, tu es invité aussi? oh! so you've been invited as well?; tiens, tu n'étais pas au courant? didn't you know?; tiens donc! iron fancy that!; tiens tiens (tiens)! well, well!

Idiome

en tenir pour qn to have a crush on sb.

[tənir] verbe transitif

A.[AVOIR DANS LES MAINS]

1. [retenir] to hold (on to)

tenir la main de quelqu'un to hold somebody's hand

je tenais mal la bouteille et elle m'a échappé I wasn't holding the bottle tightly enough and it slipped

2. [manier] to hold

tu tiens mal ta raquette/ton arc you're not holding your racket/your bow properly

B.[CONSERVER]

1. [maintenir - dans une position] to hold, to keep ; [ - dans un état] to keep

enlève les vis qui tiennent le panneau undo the screws which hold the panel in place

tiens-lui la porte, il est chargé hold the door open for him, he's got his hands full

tenez-lui la tête hors de l'eau hold her head above the water

elle tient ses chiens attachés she keeps her dogs tied up

tenir chaud to keep warm

je veux une robe qui tienne chaud I'd like a warm dress

tenez-le prêt (à partir) make sure he's ready (to leave)

2. [garder - note] to hold

tenir l'accord to stay in tune

‘tenez votre droite’

a. [sur la route] ‘keep (to the) right’

b. [sur un Escalator] ‘keep to the right’

3. (vieilli) [conserver - dans un lieu] to keep

4. (Belgique) [collectionner] to collect

C.[POSSÉDER]

1. [avoir reçu]

tenir quelque chose de quelqu'un [par hérédité] to get something from somebody

les propriétés que je tenais de ma mère [par héritage] the properties I'd inherited from my mother

2. [avoir capturé] to have caught, to have got hold of

[avoir à sa merci] to have got

ah, ah, petit coquin, je te tiens! got you, you little devil!

si je tenais celui qui a défoncé ma portière! just let me get ou lay my hands on whoever smashed in my car door!

elle m'a tenu une heure avec ses histoires de divorce I had to listen to her going on about her divorce for a whole hour

pendant que je vous tiens (au téléphone), pourrais-je vous demander un service? since I'm speaking to you (on the phone), may I ask you a favour?

3. [détenir - indice, information, preuve] to have ; [ - contrat] to have, to have won ; [ - réponse, solution] to have (found) ou got

je crois que je tiens un scoop! I think I've got a scoop!

tenir quelque chose de [l'apprendre] to have (got) something from

il a eu des troubles psychologiques — de qui tenez-vous cela? he's had psychological problems — who told you that?

nous tenons de source sûre/soviétique que... we have it on good authority/we hear from Soviet sources that...

tenir quelque chose de [le tirer de]: je tiens mon autorité de l'État I derive my power from the state

qu'est-ce que je tiens comme rhume! (familier) I've got a stinking (UK) ou horrible cold!

elle en tient une couche! (familier) she's as thick as two short planks (UK), what a dumb bell! (US)

il en tient une bonne ce soir (familier) he's had a skinful (UK) ou he's three sheets to the wind tonight

qu'est-ce qu'il tient!

a. (familier) [il est stupide] what a twit (UK) ou blockhead!

b. [il est ivre] he's really plastered!

c. [il est enrhumé] he's got a stinking (UK) ou horrible cold!

4. [transmettre]

nous vous ferons tenir une copie des documents (soutenu) we will make sure you receive a copy of the documents

D.[CONTRÔLER, AVOIR LA RESPONSABILITÉ DE]

1. [avoir prise sur, dominer] to hold

quand la colère le tient, il peut être dangereux he can be dangerous when he's angry

la jalousie le tenait jealousy had him in its grip, he was gripped by jealousy

ce rhume me tient depuis deux semaines I've had this cold for two weeks

MILITAIRE to control

[avoir de l'autorité sur - classe, élève] to (keep under) control

2. [diriger, s'occuper de - commerce, maison, hôtel] to run ; [ - comptabilité, registre] to keep

tenir la caisse to be at the cash desk, to be the cashier

elle tient la rubrique artistique à "Madame" she has a regular Arts column in "Madame"

le soir, il tenait le bar at night he used to serve behind the bar

tenir la marque JEUX & SPORT to keep score

3. [donner - assemblée, conférence, séance] to hold, to have

le tribunal tiendra audience dans le nouveau bâtiment the court hearings will be held in the new building

4. [prononcer - discours] to give ; [ - raisonnement] to have ; [ - langage] to use

il me tint à peu près ce langage La Fontaine (allusion) here's roughly what he said to me

tenir des propos désobligeants/élogieux to make offensive/appreciative remarks

comment peux-tu tenir un tel raisonnement? how can you possibly think this way?

5. [astreint à]

être tenu à quelque chose: être tenu au secret professionnel to be bound by professional secrecy

nous sommes tenus à la discrétion we're obliged to be very discreet

je me sens tenu de la prévenir I feel morally obliged ou duty-bound to warn her

6. THÉÂTRE [rôle] to play, to have

tenir un rôle dans (figuré) to play a part in

7. ÉQUITATION [cheval] to keep in hand

E.[EXPRIME UNE MESURE]

1. [occuper] to take up (separable), to occupy

le fauteuil tient trop de place the armchair takes up too much room

tenir une place importante to have ou to hold an important place

2. [contenir] to hold

F.[ÊTRE CONSTANT DANS]

1. [résister à] (to be able) to take

il tient l'alcool he can take (especially UK) ou hold his drink

tenir le coup

a. (familier) [assemblage, vêtements] to hold out

b. [digue] to hold (out)

c. [personne] (to be able) to take it

le soir, je ne tiens pas le coup I can't take late nights

tenir la route [véhicule] to have good road-holding (UK), to hold the road well

ton raisonnement ne tient pas la route (figuré) your argument doesn't stand up to scrutiny

2. [respecter] to keep to, to stand by, to uphold

tenir une promesse to keep ou to fulfil a promise

[s'engager dans - pari]

je tiens la gageure ou le pari! I'll take up the challenge!

tenu!, je tiens! JEUX you're on!

G.[CONSIDÉRER] (soutenu) to hold, to consider

tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour to consider somebody/something to be, to look upon somebody/something as

————————

[tənir] verbe intransitif

1. [rester en position - attache] to hold ; [ - chignon] to stay up, to hold ; [ - bouton, trombone] to stay on ; [ - empilement, tas] to stay up

tenir en place to stay in place

mets du gel, tes cheveux tiendront mieux use gel, your hair'll hold its shape better

la porte du placard ne tient pas fermée the cupboard door won't stay shut

tout ça tient avec de la colle all this is held together with glue

le porridge vous tient au corps ou à l'estomac porridge keeps you going

faire tenir quelque chose avec de la colle/des clous to glue/to nail something into position

tenir à

a. [être fixé à] to be fixed on ou to

b. [être contigu à] to be next to

[personne]

il ne tient pas encore bien sur sa bicyclette/ses skis/ses jambes he's not very steady on his bike/his skis/his legs yet

je ne tiens plus sur mes jambes [de fatigue] I can hardly stand up any more

cet enfant ne tient pas sur sa chaise this child can't sit still ou is always fidgeting in his chair

elle ne tient pas en place she can't sit still

2. [résister - union] to last, to hold out ; [ - chaise, vêtements] to hold ou to last out ; [ - digue] to hold out ; [ - personne] to hold ou to last out

je ne tiens plus au soleil, je rentre I can't stand the sun any more, I'm going in

le cœur ne tiendra pas his heart won't take it

tes arguments ne tiendront pas longtemps face à la réalité your arguments won't hold for very long when faced with reality

tenir bon ou ferme

a. [s'agripper] to hold firm ou tight

b. [ne pas céder] to hold out

tenez bon, les secours arrivent hold ou hang on, help's on its way

il me refusait une augmentation, mais j'ai tenu bon he wouldn't give me a rise but I held out ou stood my ground

le dollar tient toujours bon the dollar is still holding firm

ne pas y tenir, ne (pas) pouvoir y tenir: n'y tenant plus, je l'appelai au téléphone unable to stand it any longer, I phoned him

ça sent si bon le chocolat, je ne vais pas pouvoir y tenir there's such a gorgeous smell of chocolate, I just won't be able to resist it

3. [durer, ne pas s'altérer - fleurs] to keep, to last ; [ - tissu] to last (well) ; [ - beau temps] to last, to hold out ; [ - bronzage] to last ; [ - neige] to settle, to stay

aucun parfum ne tient sur moi perfumes don't stay on me

4. [être valable, être d'actualité - offre, pari, rendez-vous] to stand ; [ - promesse] to hold

ça tient toujours pour demain? is it still on for tomorrow?

il n'y a pas de... qui tienne: il n'y a pas de congé qui tienne there's no question of having leave

il n'y a pas de "mais ma tante" qui tienne, tu vas te coucher! there's no "but Auntie" about it, off to bed with you!

5. [pouvoir être logé] to fit

le compte rendu tient en une page the report takes up one page

tenir en hauteur/largeur (dans) to fit vertically/widthwise (in)

on tient facilement à cinq dans la barque the boat sits five in comfort

son histoire tient en peu de mots his story can be summed up in a few words

6. (locution)

en tenir pour quelqu'un (familier) to have a crush on somebody

en tenir pour quelque chose

a. (familier) [aimer] to be hooked on something

b. [ne considérer que] to stick to something

elle en tient vraiment pour l'hypothèse de l'assassinat she seems convinced it was murder

tiens, tenez [en donnant quelque chose] here

tiens, tenez [pour attirer l'attention, pour insister]: tiens, le tonnerre gronde listen, it's thundering

tiens, rends-toi utile here, make yourself useful

tenez, je ne vous ferai même pas payer l'électricité look, I won't even charge you for the electricity

s'il est intéressé par le salaire? tiens, bien sûr que oui! is he interested in the salary? you bet he is!

tiens, tenez [exprime la surprise, l'incrédulité]: tiens, Bruno! que fais-tu ici? (hello) Bruno, what are you doing here?

tiens, je n'aurais jamais cru ça de lui well, well, I'd never have expected it of him

elle a refusé? tiens donc! (familier & ironique) she said no? you amaze me! ou surprise, surprise!

un tiens vaut mieux que deux tu l'auras (proverbe) a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush (proverbe)

————————

tenir à verbe plus préposition

1. [être attaché à - personne] to care for, to be very fond of ; [ - objet] to be attached to ; [ - réputation] to care about ; [ - indépendance, liberté] to value

si tu tiens à la vie... if you value your life...

2. [vouloir]

tenir à faire quelque chose to be eager to do ou to be keen on doing something

je tiens à être présent à la signature du contrat I insist on being there when the contract is signed

tu veux lui parler? — je n'y tiens pas vraiment would you like to talk to him? — not really ou not particularly

tenir à ce que: je tiens à ce qu'ils aient une bonne éducation I'm most concerned that they should have a good education

tiens-tu à ce que cela se sache? do you really want it to become known?

je voudrais t'aider — je n'y tiens pas I'd like to help you — I'd rather you didn't

venez dîner, j'y tiens absolument! come and have dinner, I insist!

3. [résulter de] to stem ou to result from, to be due to, to be caused by

le bonheur tient parfois à peu de chose sometimes it's the little things that give people the most happiness

à quoi ça tient? (familier) what's the reason for it?, what's it due to?

qu'à cela ne tienne never mind, fear not (humoristique)

4. (tournure impersonnelle) [être du ressort de]

il ne tient qu'à toi de mettre fin à ce désordre it's entirely up to you to sort out this shambles

s'il ne tenait qu'à moi if it was up to me ou my decision

————————

tenir de verbe plus préposition

1. [ressembler à] to take after

ce chien tient à la fois de l'épagneul et du setter this dog is a sort of cross between a spaniel and a setter

elle est vraiment têtue/douée — elle a de qui tenir! she's so stubborn/gifted — it runs in the family!

2. [relever de]

sa guérison tient du miracle his recovery is something of a miracle

des propos qui tiennent de l'injure remarks verging on the insulting

————————

se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

ils marchaient en se tenant la main they were walking hand in hand

se tenir par le cou/la taille to have one's arms round each other's shoulders/waists

————————

se tenir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

[se dérouler - conférence] to be held, to take place ; [ - festival, foire] to take place

le festival se tient en plusieurs endroits there are several venues for the festival

————————

se tenir verbe pronominal transitif

se tenir la tête à deux mains to hold ou to clutch one's head in one's hands

————————

se tenir verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [se retenir] to hold on (tight)

se tenir à

a. to hold on to

b. [fortement] to cling to, to clutch, to grip

2. [se trouver - en position debout] to stand, to be standing ; [ - en position assise] to sit, to be sitting ou seated

se tenir (légèrement) en retrait to stand back (slightly)

se tenir debout to be standing (up)

se tenir droit

a. [debout] to stand up straight

b. [assis] to sit up straight

tiens-toi mieux sur ta chaise sit properly on your chair

c'est parce que tu te tiens mal que tu as mal au dos you get backaches because of bad posture

se tenir aux aguets to be on the lookout, to watch out

se tenir coi to remain silent

3. [se conduire] to behave

bien se tenir to behave oneself

mal se tenir to behave oneself badly

4. [être cohérent]

se tenir (bien)

a. [argumentation, intrigue] to hold together, to stand up

b. [raisonnement] to hold water, to hold together

je voudrais trouver un alibi qui se tienne I'm looking for a plausible excuse

[coïncider - indices, événements] to hang together, to be linked

5. (locution)

s'en tenir à: tenez-vous-en aux ordres confine yourself to carrying out orders

d'abord ingénieur puis directrice d'usine, elle ne s'en est pas tenue là she started out as an engineer, then became a factory manager, but she didn't stop there

je ne m'en tiendrai pas à ses excuses I won't be content with a mere apology from him

ne pas se tenir de [joie, impatience] to be beside oneself with

on ne se tenait plus de rire we were in absolute fits (of laughter)

tiens-toi bien, tenez-vous bien: ils ont détourné, tiens-toi bien, deux millions d'euros! they embezzled, wait for it, 2 million euros!

elle a battu le record, tenez-vous bien, de plus de deux secondes! she broke the previous record and by over two seconds, would you believe!

————————

se tenir pour verbe pronominal plus préposition

1. [se considérer comme]

je ne me tiens pas encore pour battu I don't reckon I'm ou I don't consider myself defeated yet

se tenir pour satisfait to feel satisfied

je ne me tiens pas pour un génie I don't regard myself as ou think of myself as ou consider myself a genius

2. (locution)

je ne supporterai pas tes insolences, tiens-le-toi pour dit! I'll say this only once, I won't put up with your rudeness!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > tenir

5 casa

f edificio house

( abitazione) home

finance company

casa di cura nursing home

casa editrice publishing house

casa dello studente hall of residence

casa a schiera terraced house

casa unifamiliare single-family dwelling

casa per le vacanze holiday home

case popolari council houses

seconda casa second home

essere di casa be like one of the family

dove stai di casa? where do you live?

cambiar casa move (house)

fatto in casa home-made

andare a casa go home

essere a casa be at home

sports giocare in/fuori casa play at home/away

* * *

casa s.f.

1 ( abitazione) house; ( residenza abituale, ambiente familiare) home; ( appartamento) flat, apartment: casa di campagna, house in the country; prima casa, main home; (di giovani coppie ecc.) first (o starter) home; seconda casa, second home (anche fig.); holiday home; casa in affitto, rented house; casa popolare, council house; casa colonica, farmhouse; abita a casa nostra, he lives at our house (o he lives with us); dove stai di casa?, where do you live?; andammo a casa loro, we went to their house (o we went to them); passerò l'estate a casa di mio zio, I'm going to spend the summer at my uncle's (house); andare a casa, to go home; essere fuori di casa, to be out; essere in casa, to be at home (o to be indoors); esser via da, lontano da casa, to be away (o far) from home; restare a casa, to stay at home (o to keep indoors); tornare a casa, to go back (o to come back o to return) home; uscire di casa, to go out // casa albergo, residential hotel // amico di casa, family friend; donna di casa, woman fond of her home; ( brava massaia) housewife; fatto in casa, homemade; nostalgia di casa, homesickness; spese di casa, household expenses (o housekeeping) // (sport) giocare in casa, to play at home; (fig.) to be on one's own ground (o turf); giocare fuori casa, to play away (from home) (anche fig.) // casa dolce casa, home sweet home // andare di casa in casa, to go from door to door // stare a casa del diavolo, to live in the back of beyond // fare gli onori di casa, to receive guests (o to play host) // mettere su casa, to set up house; ( sposarsi) to get married // non avere né casa né tetto, to be homeless // ognuno è re in casa propria, (prov.) every man is master in his own home

2 ( convento) religious house, religious community, convent: casa madre, mother house

3 ( edificio pubblico) house: casa da gioco, gambling (o gaming) house; gestire una casa da gioco illegale, to conduct an illegal gambling enterprise; casa dello studente, (university) students' hostel; casa di correzione, reformatory (o Borstal); casa di cura, di salute, nursing home; casa di pena, penitentiary (o prison o gaol); casa di riposo, rest home; casa di tolleranza, licensed brothel; casa malfamata, house of ill fame

4 ( famiglia, stirpe, lignaggio, dinastia) family, house; dynasty: la casa regnante, the ruling dynasty

5 (comm.) house, business house, firm, company: casa commerciale, business house (o firm); casa commissionaria, commission house; casa madre, ( sede principale) head office, ( società controllante) parent company; casa editrice, publishing house; casa discografica, record company; casa d'esportazione, export house; casa d'importazione, importing house; casa di pegno, pawn agency (o pawnshop o pawnbroker's); casa di spedizione, forwarding agency, ( marittima) shipping agency; casa vinicola, wine producing company (o wine producer) // (fin.): casa di sconto, discount house; casa di accettazione, acceptance (o accepting) house

6 ( astrologia) house

7 ( scacchi, dama) square.

* * *
['kasa]
1. sf

1) (edificio) house

una bella casa grande — a nice big house

casa a quattro piani — four-storey(ed) Brit o four-storied Am house

casa di campagna — (grande) house in the country, (piccola) country cottage

casa di mattoni — brick house

case a schiera — terraced Brit o row Am houses

hanno una bella casa — they have a nice flat

la Casa Bianca Pol — the White House

2) (abitazione) home

essere/stare a o in casa — to be/stay at home

sono stato in casa tutta la sera — I was at home all evening

eravamo a casa mia — we were at my house

non è a casa — she isn't at home

sarò a casa tra un'ora — I'll be home in an hour

tornare a casa — to come/go back home

è tornato a casa tardi — he got home late

andare a casa — to go home

vado a casa mia/tua — I'm going home/to your house

c'è nessuno in casa? — is anybody in?

vieni a casa nostra? — are you coming to our house o place?

uscire di casa — to leave home

dove sta di casa? — where does he live?

non sa dove stia di casa la cortesia — he doesn't know the meaning of courtesy

essere di casa — to be like one of the family

è una ragazza tutta casa e chiesa — she is a home-loving, church-going girl

fatto in casa — home-made

pane fatto in casa — home-made bread

fai come se fossi a casa tua — make yourself at home

abitare a casa del diavolo — to live in the back of beyond

"tanti saluti a casa" — "best wishes to all the family"

3) (casato, stirpe) house, family

casa d'Asburgo — House of Hapsburg

4) (ditta) firm, company

2.

- casa di correzione

- casa di cura

- casa discografica

- casa editrice

- casa famiglia

- Casa delle Libertà

- casa madre

- casa di moda

- casa popolare

- casa di riposo

- casa dello studente

- casa di tolleranza

* * *
['kasa]
sostantivo femminile

1) (edificio) building; (abitazione) house; (appartamento) flat BE, apartment AE; (luogo in cui si abita) home

cercare casa — to look for a house, to house-hunt

cambiare casa — to move (house)

seconda casa — second o holiday home

stare a casa — to stay (at) home

uscire di casa — to go out

andare a casa — to go home

essere a o in casa to be at home o in; non essere in casa to be out; essere via da o di casa to be away from home; troviamoci a casa mia let's meet at my place; sono a casa di Sara I'm at Sara's (house); sentirsi (come) a casa propria to feel at home; padrone, padrona di casa — landlord, landlady

2) (famiglia)

scrivere a casa — to write home

casa Rossi — the Rossi family, the Rossis

donna di casa — (casalinga) housewife

metter su casa — to set up home o house

di casa — [lavori, conti] household

fare gli onori di casa — to do the honours, to play host

essere di casa — to be one of the family

fatto in casa — homemade

3) (dinastia)

la casa reale — the Royal Family

casa Savoia — the house of Savoy

4) sport

partita in casa, fuori casa — home match, away match

giocare fuori casa, in casa — to play away, at home

•

casa di appuntamenti — brothel

casa di campagna — cottage; (grande e con parco) country house

casa chiusa — brothel

casa di correzione — house of correction

casa di cura — nursing home

casa discografica — label, record company

casa di distribuzione — cinem. distributor

casa editrice — publishing house, publisher

casa farmaceutica — pharmaceutical company

casa da gioco — gambling house, casino

casa madre — comm. main branch, parent (company); relig. mother house

casa di moda — fashion house

casa popolare — tenement, council house; (singolo appartamento) council flat

casa di produzione — cinem. studio

casa di riposo — retirement o rest home

casa dello studente — hall of residence BE, residence (hall) AE

casa di tolleranza — brothel

la Casa Bianca — the White House

••

a casa del diavolo — in the back of beyond, right in the middle of nowhere

casa dolce casa — prov. home sweet home

essere (tutto) casa e chiesa — to be a homebody and a churchgoer
••
Note:

Tra i due principali equivalenti inglesi dell'italiano casa, house e home, il primo indica innanzitutto l'edificio in cui si abita (e in tal caso è talvolta sostituito da place), mentre il secondo è spesso connotato affettivamente (e quindi è usato come sinonimo di family). Negli anni recenti, soprattutto nelle pubblicità immobiliari, si è sviluppata la tendenza a usare home, con tutte le sue connotazioni positive, anche in riferimento alla casa come edificio. Tuttavia, un esempio come il seguente esplicita la distinzione d'uso: domani starò a casa = I'll be at home tomorrow; se il tempo è bello, non starò in casa, ma prenderò il sole in giardino = if the weather is fine, I wont' stay in the house but will sunbathe in the garden. - Si usa house quando si vuol dire che si va o si è a casa di qualcuno, anche se solitamente tale parola viene sottintesa: ieri sera abbiamo cenato a casa della sig.ra Fletcher = yesterday evening we dined at Mrs Fletcher's (house), è andato a casa di Laura = he's gone to Laura's (house). - Anche se in italiano si usa comunemente la parola casa per indicare un appartamento ( flat, apartment), in inglese house designa in senso proprio un edificio a sé stante, una casa indipendente ( detached house) o almeno semi-indipendente ( semi-detached house)

* * *

casa

/'kasa/

Tra i due principali equivalenti inglesi dell'italiano casa, house e home, il primo indica innanzitutto l'edificio in cui si abita (e in tal caso è talvolta sostituito da place), mentre il secondo è spesso connotato affettivamente (e quindi è usato come sinonimo di family). Negli anni recenti, soprattutto nelle pubblicità immobiliari, si è sviluppata la tendenza a usare home, con tutte le sue connotazioni positive, anche in riferimento alla casa come edificio. Tuttavia, un esempio come il seguente esplicita la distinzione d'uso: domani starò a casa = I'll be at home tomorrow; se il tempo è bello, non starò in casa, ma prenderò il sole in giardino = if the weather is fine, I wont' stay in the house but will sunbathe in the garden. - Si usa house quando si vuol dire che si va o si è a casa di qualcuno, anche se solitamente tale parola viene sottintesa: ieri sera abbiamo cenato a casa della sig.ra Fletcher = yesterday evening we dined at Mrs Fletcher's (house), è andato a casa di Laura = he's gone to Laura's (house). - Anche se in italiano si usa comunemente la parola casa per indicare un appartamento ( flat, apartment), in inglese house designa in senso proprio un edificio a sé stante, una casa indipendente ( detached house) o almeno semi-indipendente ( semi-detached house).

sostantivo f.

1 (edificio) building; (abitazione) house; (appartamento) flat BE, apartment AE; (luogo in cui si abita) home; cercare casa to look for a house, to house-hunt; cambiare casa to move (house); seconda casa second o holiday home; stare a casa to stay (at) home; uscire di casa to go out; andare a casa to go home; essere a o in casa to be at home o in; non essere in casa to be out; essere via da o di casa to be away from home; troviamoci a casa mia let's meet at my place; sono a casa di Sara I'm at Sara's (house); sentirsi (come) a casa propria to feel at home; padrone, padrona di casa landlord, landlady

2 (famiglia) scrivere a casa to write home; casa Rossi the Rossi family, the Rossis; donna di casa (casalinga) housewife; metter su casa to set up home o house; di casa [lavori, conti] household; fare gli onori di casa to do the honours, to play host; essere di casa to be one of the family; fatto in casa homemade

3 (dinastia) la casa reale the Royal Family; casa Savoia the house of Savoy

4 sport partita in casa, fuori casa home match, away match; giocare fuori casa, in casa to play away, at home

IDIOMS

a casa del diavolo in the back of beyond, right in the middle of nowhere; casa dolce casa prov. home sweet home; essere (tutto) casa e chiesa to be a homebody and a churchgoer

\

COMPOUNDS

casa di appuntamenti brothel; casa di campagna cottage; (grande e con parco) country house; casa chiusa brothel; casa di correzione house of correction; casa di cura nursing home; casa discografica label, record company; casa di distribuzione cinem. distributor; casa editrice publishing house, publisher; casa farmaceutica pharmaceutical company; casa da gioco gambling house, casino; casa madre comm. main branch, parent (company); relig. mother house; casa di moda fashion house; casa popolare tenement, council house; (singolo appartamento) council flat; casa di produzione cinem. studio; casa di riposo retirement o rest home; casa dello studente hall of residence BE, residence (hall) AE; casa di tolleranza brothel; la Casa Bianca the White House.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > casa

6 tener

v.

1 to have.

tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother

tener fiebre to have a temperature

tuvieron una pelea they had a fight

tener un niño to have a baby

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August

Yo tengo una casa I have a house.

El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.

Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.

Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.

Tengo un primo I have a cousin,

Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.

Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.

Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.

Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.

2 to be.

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tiene diez años she's ten (years old)

tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years (Am)

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid

tener mal humor to be bad-tempered

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her

3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).

tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise

4 to hold.

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle

Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.

5 to offer, to have.

* * *

TENER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.

Past Indicative

tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron.

Future Indicative

tendré, tendrás, tendrá, tendremos, tendréis, tendrán.

Conditional

tendría, tendrías, tendría, tendríamos, tendríais, tendrían.

Present Subjunctive

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengáis, tengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera, tuviéramos, tuvierais, tuvieran;

tuviese, tuvieses, tuviese, tuviésemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere, tuviéremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.

Imperative

ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to have

2) hold

3) own, possess

4) feel

•

- tener en cuenta
- tener que
- tenerse por
* * *
Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

tenía una sonrisa preciosa — she had a lovely smile

tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

tenía el pelo mojado — his hair was wet

3) [referido a edad] to be

tiene siete años — he's seven (years old)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

al menos debe de tener 55 años — she must be at least 55

4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

mañana tengo una fiesta — I'm going to a party tomorrow

5) (=parir) to have

va a tener un niño — she's going to have a baby

6) (=medir) to be

tener 5cm de ancho — to be 5cm wide

7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

no tengas tantos celos — don't be so jealous

hemos tenido mucho miedo — we have been very frightened

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

he tenido un presentimiento — I've had a premonition

8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

han tenido un accidente — they have had an accident

hemos tenido muchas dificultades — we have had a lot of difficulties

Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

9) (=sostener) to hold

tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

10) (=recibir) to have

aún no he tenido carta — I haven't had a letter yet

¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

11) (=pensar, considerar)

• tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

• tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

• tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

le tengo por poco honrado — I consider him (to be) rather dishonest

• ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

13) [locuciones]

ya saben dónde me tienen — you always know where you can find me

• ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

• tener algo [de] + adj —

de bueno no tiene nada — there's nothing good about it

no tiene nada de particular — it's nothing special

¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

• tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

• tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

- ¿conque esas tenemos?

- no tenerlas todas consigo

no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

- tener todas las de ganar

- tener todas las de perder

- quien tuvo retuvo

2. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) tener que ({+ infin})

a) [indicando obligación]

tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

tuvo que devolver todo el dinero — he had to pay all the money back

tiene que ser así — it has to be this way

b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

tiene que estar en tu despacho — it must be in your office

tiene que haberte dolido mucho — it must have hurt a lot

c) [en reproches]

¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]

tendrías que comer más — you should eat more

tendríamos que pedirle perdón — we should apologize to him

2) + participio

tenía puesto el sombrero — he had his hat on

nos tenían preparada una sorpresa — they had prepared a surprise for us

tenía pensado llamarte — I had been thinking of phoning you

te lo tengo dicho muchas veces — I've told you hundreds of times

yo no le tengo visto — I've never set eyes on him

3) + adj

procura tener contentos a todos — he tries to keep everybody happy

me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

4) esp Méx (=llevar)

tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

tengo cuatro años aquí — I've been here for four years

3.

See:

tenerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

----

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun

* * *

tener [ E27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ tener (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A poseer, disponer de

B

1 llevar encima

2 llevar puesto

C actividades, obligaciones

D

1 señalando características

2 expresando edad

3 con idea de posibilidad

E dar a luz

Sentido II

A sujetar, sostener

B tomar

Sentido III

A recibir

B

1 sentir

2 refiriéndose a síntomas

3 refiriéndose a sucesos

C refiriéndose a actitudes

Sentido IV

A indicando estado, situación

B tener algo/a alguien por algo

■ tener (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 tener que: obligación

2 tener que: propósito

B tener que: certeza

Sentido II

A con participio pasado

B en expresiones de tiempo

■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)

A sostenerse

B tenerse por algo

vt

[El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']

Sentido I

A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have

ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one

¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?

tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary

no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives

no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money

no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like

aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit

¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?

¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?

no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure

tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)

tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)

B

1 (llevar encima) to have

¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?

no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)

¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?

2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on

¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!

C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight

los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays

tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner

tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron

D

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair

tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave

tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing

tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults

la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide

¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?

tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father

tener algo DE algo:

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)

tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father

el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old

3

(con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair

el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble

E (dar a luz) to have

tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby

Sentido II

A (sujetar, sostener) to hold

sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you

¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?

tenlo derecho hold it upright

B

(tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key

Sentido III

A (recibir) to have

hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received

tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her

B

1

(sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house

tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …

¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?

2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache

¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?

está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him

3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have

tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer

tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream

que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him

C

(refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful

tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me

tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went

bien² adv G. (↑ bien (2))

Sentido IV

A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):

el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty

la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken

tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed

tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone

lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away

ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already

la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time

lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb

eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that

me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon

nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour

a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick

¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?

B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:

se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country

lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon

siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy

ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it

■

v aux

Sentido I

A

1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:

tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today

tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin

no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button

no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations

no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much

tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this

2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:

tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie

tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise

tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good

B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:

tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer

tiene que haber sido él it must have been him

tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?

ver² vt I. (↑ ver (2))

Sentido II

A

(con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?

ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out

tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow

tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up

B

( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years

tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years

■ tenerse

v pron

A

(sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand

tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)

B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:

se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent

* * *

Multiple Entries:
tener
tener algo
tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
1
a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;

◊ ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?;

no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

2
a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;

◊ la casa tiene mucha luz the house is very light;

tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
b) ( señalando edad) to be;

◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
3
a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;

◊ tenlo derecho hold it upright

b) ( tomar):

◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

4
a) ( sentir):

◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;

◊ que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):
◊ ten más respeto have a little more respect;

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
6 (indicando estado, situación):
◊ la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken;

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
tener v aux
1 tener que hacer algo
a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):

◊ tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie;

tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him
c) ( expresando certeza):

◊ tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer;

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
2 ( con participio pasado):
◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years;

tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):
◊ no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand;

no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
tener
I verbo transitivo
1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
(ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
(medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

' tener' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- abuela
- abundar
- acarrear
- accidente
- acostumbrar
- admirar
- adolecer
- agobiarse
- añorar
- antena
- apetecer
- apremiar
- aptitud
- arcada
- arte
- banco
- bombera
- bombero
- burbuja
- cabida
- cabronada
- cacao
- caer
- cagalera
- calor
- cantar
- capaz
- carácter
- carrete
- celebrarse
- céntimo
- certeza
- certidumbre
- ciega
- ciego
- conciencia
- conllevar
- consecuencia
- constar
- contingente
- corazón
- correa
- correrse
- cosa
- cosquillas
- costar
- creer
- cruda
- crudo
English:
access
- accommodate
- act
- add up
- afraid
- agree
- aim to
- allow for
- allowance
- approve of
- around
- associate
- attached
- augment
- authoritarian
- ax
- axe
- barrel
- be
- bear
- bear with
- bearing
- begrudge
- believe in
- belong
- beware
- boast
- bone
- boomerang
- breathing space
- broody
- brush
- butterfly
- calculate
- careful
- celebrate
- clash
- clever
- come off
- command
- connected
- conscience
- consider
- consideration
- count
- crash
- date
- daunt
- debt
- depend

* * *

tener

♦ vt

1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;

no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;

¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;

¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;

tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;

tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;

muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;

el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;

¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;

¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;

tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;

tener un niño to have a baby;

no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
RP Fam
tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;

Comp

¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;

Comp

no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;

Comp
muy Fam
tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;

Prov

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;

tener fiebre to have a temperature;

tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;

doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;

no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;

tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;

mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;

no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;

tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves

3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
Am
tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;

tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;

tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;

tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;

me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;

tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying

4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;

tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;

tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;

me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;

eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;

esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;

un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;

nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;

me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;

nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;

la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant

5. [sujetar] to hold;

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;

¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;

ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high

6. [tomar]
ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;

¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;

ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer

7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;

tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;

el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;

tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;

tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;

tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;

tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed

8. [valorar, estimar]
tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;

me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
Formal
tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;

les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…

9. [guardar, contener] to keep;

¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;

¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;

la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;

esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account

10. RP Fam
tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;

¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;

¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;

¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!

♦ v aux

1. [antes de participio] [haber]
teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;

¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;

te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;

tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married

2.
tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;

tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;

¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;

tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;

tiene que ser así it has to be this way;

tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;

teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;

no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;

si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;

no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to

3.
tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;

tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;

tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;

tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking

4.
tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;

las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;

tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;

tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else

5.
tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;

actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;

se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;

¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;

no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;

lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;

aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;

¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;

es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;

tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;

dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;

¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?

♦ See also the pronominal verb tenerse

* * *

tener

v/t

1 have;

tener 10 años be 10 (years old);

tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length

2

:

ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy

3

:

tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth

4

:

tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;

tuve que madrugar I had to get up early

5

:

conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;

no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;

no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;

eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous

* * *

tener {80} vt

1) : to have

tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes

tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do

tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old

tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long

2) : to hold

ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment

3) : to feel, to make

tengo frío: I'm cold

eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy

4)

tener por : to think, to consider

me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy

tener v aux

1)

tener que : to have to

tengo que salir: I have to leave

tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here

2) (with past participle)

tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you

♦ See also the reflexive verb tenerse

* * *

tener vb

1. (en general) to have

¿tienes hermanos? have you any brothers or sisters?

tiene el pelo largo she has long hair

tenía dolor de cabeza I had a headache

tuve un sueño I had a dream

En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?

2. (edad, tamaño) to be

tiene quince años she's fifteen years old

la habitación tiene cuatro metros de largo the room is four metres long

Muchas veces se utiliza el verbo to be y el sustantivo se traduce con un adjetivo

tengo calor I'm hot

tengo hambre I'm hungry

tengo miedo I'm afraid

tengo sed I'm thirsty

aquí tienes here you are

tener pensado hacer algo to intend doing something

tener que to have to

tengo que ir a trabajar I have to go to work

tienes que estudiar más you have to study more

tener que ver to have to do with / to concern

no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

Spanish-English dictionary > tener

7 lengua

f.

1 tongue.

tener la lengua muy larga (informal) to be a gossip

tirar a alguien de la lengua (informal figurative) to draw somebody out

lengua de gato chocolate finger (biscuit) (de chocolate) (peninsular Spanish)

lengua de víbora o viperina (figurative) malicious tongue

lengua de tierra tongue of land

las malas lenguas dicen que… according to the gossip…

irse de la lengua (informal) to let the cat out of the bag

ir/llegar con la lengua fuera (informal) to go along/arrive puffing and panting

morderse la lengua to bite one's tongue

se le trabó la lengua she stumbled over her words

2 language (idioma, lenguaje).

lengua materna mother tongue

lengua muerta dead language

* * *

lengua

► nombre femenino

1 ANATOMÍA tongue

2 (idioma) language

3 (de tierra) strip

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

con la lengua fuera familiar with one's tongue hanging out

darle a la lengua familiar to chat

dicen las malas lenguas que... gossip has it that...

hacerse lenguas de algo to rave about something

irse de la lengua familiar to let the cat out of the bag

no tener pelos en la lengua figurado not to mince one's words

tener algo en la punta de la lengua figurado to have something on the tip of one's tongue

tener la lengua muy larga familiar to have a loose tongue

tener una lengua viperina to have a vicious tongue

tirar de la lengua a alguien familiar to pump somebody for information

trabarse la lengua to get tongue-tied

lengua de gato langue de chat

lengua d'oc langue d'oc

lengua d'oíl langue d'oïl

lengua de trapo babbling

lengua madre parent language

lengua materna mother tongue

* * *

noun f.

1) tongue

2) language

* * *

SF

1) (Anat) tongue

me he mordido la lengua — I've bitten my tongue

• beber con la lengua — to lap up

• mala lengua — gossip

según las malas lenguas... — according to gossip...

• sacar la lengua, abra la boca y saque la lengua — open your mouth and put o stick your tongue out

no le saques la lengua a tu hermana — don't stick your tongue out at your sister

- andar en lenguas

- atar la lengua a algn

- buscar la lengua a algn

- ¿te ha comido la lengua el gato?

- darle a la lengua

- darse la lengua

- hacerse lenguas de algn/algo

- irse de la lengua

- llegar con la lengua fuera

- morderse la lengua

- nacer con la lengua fuera

- no morderse la lengua

- no tener pelos en la lengua

- tener algo en la punta de la lengua

- soltar la lengua

- tener mucha lengua

- tirar de la lengua a algn

lengua de trapo — baby talk

lengua larga LAm —

lengua viperina — sharp tongue, vicious tongue
largo 1., 1), trabar 3.
2) [de campana] tongue, clapper

3) (Geog)

lengua de tierra — spit of land, tongue of land

4) (Ling) language, tongue; Esp (Escol) Spanish language ( as a school subject)

hablar en lengua — And to speak Quichua

lengua de destino — target language

lengua de origen — source language

lengua de trabajo — working language

lengua franca — lingua franca

lengua madre — parent language

lengua materna — mother tongue

lengua minoritaria — minority language

lengua moderna — modern language

lengua muerta — dead language

lengua oficial — official language

lengua viva — living language
LENGUAS COOFICIALES Under the Spanish constitution catalán, euskera and gallego are lenguas oficiales and enjoy the same status as castellano in the autonomous regions in which they are spoken. These languages are also known as lenguas cooficiales to show they enjoy equal status with Spanish. The regional governments actively promote their use through the media and the education system.
See:

ver nota culturelle CATALÁN in catalán,

ver nota culturelle EUSKERA in euskera,

ver nota culturelle GALLEGO in gallego

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (Anat) tongue

se me traba la lengua — I get tongue-tied

con la lengua fuera — (fam)

llegamos con la lengua fuera — we were dead beat when we arrived (colloq)

darle a la lengua — (fam) to chatter

desatársele la lengua a alguien — to start to talk

irse de la lengua or írsele la lengua a alguien — (fam)

no debía haberlo dicho pero se me fue la lengua — I shouldn't have said it but it just slipped out

no te vayas a ir de la lengua — make sure you don't tell anybody; malo I

morderse la lengua — to bite one's tongue

soltar la lengua — to spill the beans

soltarle la lengua a alguien — to make somebody talk

¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? — (fam & hum) has the cat got your tongue? (colloq)

tener una lengua viperina — to have a sharp tongue

tirarle de or (AmL) tirarle or jalarle la lengua a alguien: hay que tirarle (de) la lengua you have to drag everything out of him; sé mucho sobre ti así que no me tires (de) la lengua — I know a lot about you, so don't provoke me

b) (Coc) tongue

c) ( de tierra) spit, tongue; ( de fuego) tongue

2) (Ling) language

lengua de trapo — baby talk

•

- lengua madre or materna

- lengua muerta/viva
•• Cultural note:
lenguas cooficiales

The regional languages of Spain, catalán, euskera, and gallego, which now have equal status with Castilian in the regions where they are spoken. Banned under Franco, they continued to be spoken privately. They are now widely used in public life, education, and the media, cinema and literature

* * *

= language, tongue.

Ex. A paraphrase is an interpretation of the concepts featured in a document, written in the language of the writer of the paraphrase.

Ex. Although I do at times write with my tongue between my lips (the standard attitude of deep concentration), there are other times when it is equally firmly in my cheek.

----

* Asociación de Lenguas Modernas (MLA) = Modern Language Association (MLA).

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* de lengua árabe = Arabic speaking.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* dominio de una lengua extranjera = language proficiency.

* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.

* en dos lenguas = bilingually.

* enfermedad de la lengua azul = bluetongue disease.

* enredo de lengua = slip of the tongue.

* entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.

* en varias lenguas = cross-lingual, cross-language, multilingually.

* hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue.

* hablar con lengua de serpiente = speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.

* hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.

* humedecer con la lengua = lick.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* lengua autóctona = indigenous language.

* lengua bífida = forked tongue, split tongue.

* lengua de fuego = tongue of fire.

* lengua de intercambio = exchange language.

* lengua escrita = written language.

* lengua extinta = extinct language.

* lengua extranjera = foreign language.

* lengua flexionada = inflected language.

* lengua franca = lingua franca.

* lengua hablada = spoken language.

* lengua indígena = indigenous language.

* lengua inglesa = English language.

* lengua mandarina = Mandarin.

* lengua materna = mother tongue.

* lengua minoritaria = minority language.

* lengua muerta = dead language, dead tongue.

* lengua nacional = national language.

* lengua nativa = native language, native tongue.

* lengua negra = hairy tongue.

* lengua oficial común = working language.

* lengua oscurecida = black hairy tongue.

* lengua peluda = hairy tongue.

* lengua romance = romance language.

* lengua vernácula = vernacular, vernacular language.

* lengua /conocimiento de lengua = language skill.

* mojar con la lengua = lick.

* morderse la lengua = stay + Posesivo + tongue, hold + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + lip.

* no morderse la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener pelos en lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* país cuya lengua oficial no es el inglés = non-English-speaking country.

* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.

* piercing para la lengua = tongue stud.

* recuperación de información en varias lenguas = cross-language information retrieval (CLIR).

* sin pelos en la lengua = outspokenly.

* soltársele a Uno la lengua = tongue + be unloosed.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* TOEFL (Examen de Inglés como Segunda Lengua) = TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language).

* * *

femenino

1)

a) (Anat) tongue

se me traba la lengua — I get tongue-tied

con la lengua fuera — (fam)

llegamos con la lengua fuera — we were dead beat when we arrived (colloq)

darle a la lengua — (fam) to chatter

desatársele la lengua a alguien — to start to talk

irse de la lengua or írsele la lengua a alguien — (fam)

no debía haberlo dicho pero se me fue la lengua — I shouldn't have said it but it just slipped out

no te vayas a ir de la lengua — make sure you don't tell anybody; malo I

morderse la lengua — to bite one's tongue

soltar la lengua — to spill the beans

soltarle la lengua a alguien — to make somebody talk

¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? — (fam & hum) has the cat got your tongue? (colloq)

tener una lengua viperina — to have a sharp tongue

tirarle de or (AmL) tirarle or jalarle la lengua a alguien: hay que tirarle (de) la lengua you have to drag everything out of him; sé mucho sobre ti así que no me tires (de) la lengua — I know a lot about you, so don't provoke me

b) (Coc) tongue

c) ( de tierra) spit, tongue; ( de fuego) tongue

2) (Ling) language

lengua de trapo — baby talk

•

- lengua madre or materna

- lengua muerta/viva
•• Cultural note:
lenguas cooficiales

The regional languages of Spain, catalán, euskera, and gallego, which now have equal status with Castilian in the regions where they are spoken. Banned under Franco, they continued to be spoken privately. They are now widely used in public life, education, and the media, cinema and literature

* * *

= language, tongue.

Ex: A paraphrase is an interpretation of the concepts featured in a document, written in the language of the writer of the paraphrase.

Ex: Although I do at times write with my tongue between my lips (the standard attitude of deep concentration), there are other times when it is equally firmly in my cheek.

* Asociación de Lenguas Modernas (MLA) = Modern Language Association (MLA).

* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* de lengua árabe = Arabic speaking.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* dominio de una lengua extranjera = language proficiency.

* en diversas lenguas = multilingually.

* en dos lenguas = bilingually.

* enfermedad de la lengua azul = bluetongue disease.

* enredo de lengua = slip of the tongue.

* entre varias lenguas = cross-lingual.

* en varias lenguas = cross-lingual, cross-language, multilingually.

* hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue.

* hablar con lengua de serpiente = speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.

* hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.

* humedecer con la lengua = lick.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* lengua autóctona = indigenous language.

* lengua bífida = forked tongue, split tongue.

* lengua de fuego = tongue of fire.

* lengua de intercambio = exchange language.

* lengua escrita = written language.

* lengua extinta = extinct language.

* lengua extranjera = foreign language.

* lengua flexionada = inflected language.

* lengua franca = lingua franca.

* lengua hablada = spoken language.

* lengua indígena = indigenous language.

* lengua inglesa = English language.

* lengua mandarina = Mandarin.

* lengua materna = mother tongue.

* lengua minoritaria = minority language.

* lengua muerta = dead language, dead tongue.

* lengua nacional = national language.

* lengua nativa = native language, native tongue.

* lengua negra = hairy tongue.

* lengua oficial común = working language.

* lengua oscurecida = black hairy tongue.

* lengua peluda = hairy tongue.

* lengua romance = romance language.

* lengua vernácula = vernacular, vernacular language.

* lengua /conocimiento de lengua = language skill.

* mojar con la lengua = lick.

* morderse la lengua = stay + Posesivo + tongue, hold + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + tongue, bite + Posesivo + lip.

* no morderse la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener pelos en lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* país cuya lengua oficial no es el inglés = non-English-speaking country.

* persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.

* piercing para la lengua = tongue stud.

* recuperación de información en varias lenguas = cross-language information retrieval (CLIR).

* sin pelos en la lengua = outspokenly.

* soltársele a Uno la lengua = tongue + be unloosed.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* TOEFL (Examen de Inglés como Segunda Lengua) = TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language).

* * *

lengua

feminine

lenguas cooficiales (↑ lengua a1)

A

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ( Anat) tongue

saca la lengua put out your tongue

me sacó la lengua he stuck his tongue out at me

se me traba la lengua I get tongue-tied

tengo la lengua pastosa or estropajosa I have a cotton mouth ( AmE colloq), I've got a furry tongue ( BrE colloq)

andar en lenguas ( fam); to be the subject of gossip

con la lengua fuera ( fam): llegamos a casa con la lengua fuera by the time we got home our tongues were hanging out ( colloq)

darle a algn hasta por debajo de la lengua ( Méx fam); to thrash sb ( colloq)

darle a la lengua ( fam); to chatter, gab ( colloq)

hacerse lenguas de algn/algo ( fam); to rave about sb/sth ( colloq)

todos se hacen lenguas de su belleza everyone raves about how beautiful she is

irse de la lenguaor írsele la lengua a algn ( fam): no debía haber dicho eso pero se me fue la lengua I shouldn't have said that but it just slipped out

quiero que sea una sorpresa así que no te vayas a ir de la lengua I want it to be a secret so don't go and let the cat out of the bag ( colloq)

morderse la lengua to bite one's tongue

soltar la lengua to spill the beans

soltarle la lengua a algn to make sb talk

¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? o ( Esp) ¿te ha comido la lengua el gato? ( fam hum); has the cat got your tongue? ( colloq), have you lost your tongue? ( colloq)

tener una lengua viperina or de víbora to have a sharp tongue

tirarle or ( AmL) jalarle (de) la lengua a algn: hay que tirarle de la lengua para que te cuente nada you have to drag everything out of him o you have to pump him, otherwise he doesn't tell you anything

sé mucho sobre tus negocios sucios así que no me tires de la lengua I know a lot about your shady deals, so don't provoke me …

2 ( Coc) tongue

3 (de tierra) spit, tongue

4 (de fuego) tongue

Compuesto:

lengua de gato

langue de chat

B ( Ling) language

la lengua y el habla langue and parole

lengua de trapo baby talk

medio¹ (↑ medio (1))

Compuestos:

● lengua de destino

target language

● lengua de oc/d'oil

langue d'oc/d'oïl

● lengua de origen

source language

● lengua madre or materna

mother tongue

● lengua meta

target language, object language

● lengua muerta

dead language

● lengua objeto

target language, object language

● lengua viva

living language

* * *

lengua sustantivo femenino
1
a) (Anat) tongue;

◊ se me traba la lengua I get tongue-tied (colloq);

irse de la lengua or írsele la lengua a algn (fam): no debía haberlo dicho pero se me fue la lengua I shouldn't have said it but it just slipped out;
no te vayas a ir de la lengua make sure you don't tell anybody;
See Also→ malo2
b) (Coc) tongue

c) ( de tierra) spit, tongue;

( de fuego) tongue
2 (Ling) language;
◊ lengua materna mother tongue

lengua sustantivo femenino
1 Anat tongue
figurado tener la lengua afilada, to have a sharp tongue
lengua viperina, poisonous tongue
mala lengua, gossip: dicen las malas lenguas que se casó con ella por interés, rumour has it that he married her for selfish reasons
2 Ling language
lengua materna, native o mother tongue
lengua muerta, dead language
segunda lengua, second language
3 (franja estrecha) spit, tongue: una lengua de mar se adentra en la costa, a spit of land cuts into the coast
4 (badajo) clapper
♦ Locuciones: con la lengua fuera: terminamos el examen con la lengua fuera, by the end of the exam we were exhausted
fam fig irse de la lengua, to spill the beans
morderse uno la lengua, to bite one's tongue: tuve que morderme la lengua para no decir lo que pensaba, I had to bite my tongue to stop myself from blurting it out
familiar tener la lengua muy larga, to be a bigmouth: tu hermana tiene la lengua muy larga, your sister is a bigmouth
fam fig tirarle a alguien de la lengua, to try to drag sthg out of sb
' lengua' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
academia
- achicharrarse
- autóctona
- autóctono
- bífida
- bífido
- chascar
- chasquear
- chasquido
- contaminar
- ELE
- habla
- hablar
- materna
- materno
- pastosa
- pastoso
- pelo
- punta
- sacar
- sarro
- trabarse
- vernácula
- vernáculo
- viperina
- viperino
- afilado
- clásico
- conocer
- corromper
- corrupción
- enriquecer
- manejo
- nativo
- quemar
- románico
- sucio
- trabar
- transmitir
- vivo
English:
bite
- bite back
- click
- draw out
- first language
- fur
- guttural
- language
- mince
- mother tongue
- origin
- put out
- Romanic
- second language
- specially
- stick out
- thrust out
- tip
- tongue
- venomous
- assistant
- hang
- lick
- mother
- out
- sharp
- stumble
- TEFL
- tut
- vernacular

* * *

lengua nf

1. [órgano] tongue;

sacarle la lengua a alguien to stick one's tongue out at sb;

se le trabó la lengua she stumbled over her words;
también Fig
morderse la lengua to bite one's tongue;

Comp
Fam
darle a la lengua to chatter;

Comp
Fam
irse de la lengua, RP [m5] aflojar o [m5] soltar la lengua to let the cat out of the bag;

Comp
Fam
ir/llegar con la lengua fuera to go along/arrive puffing and panting;

Comp
Fam
ser largo de lengua, tener la lengua muy larga to be a gossip;

las malas lenguas dicen que… according to the gossip…;

Comp

lo tengo en la punta de la lengua I've got it on the tip of my tongue;

Comp
Fam
¿(se) te ha comido la lengua el gato?, Am [m5]¿te comieron la lengua los ratones? has the cat got your tongue?;

Comp
Fam
tirar a alguien de la lengua to draw sb out

Comp
lengua de buey [planta] bugloss;
lengua de ciervo [planta] hart's-tongue fern;

lengua de fuego tongue of flame;
Esp lengua de gato [de chocolate] langue de chat; Fig lengua de víbora malicious tongue; Fig lengua viperina malicious tongue
2. [de tierra] tongue

Comp
Geol lengua glaciar glacier tongue
3. [idioma, lenguaje] language

Comp
lengua culta educated speech;
lengua de destino target language;

lengua escrita written language;

lengua estándar standard language;

lengua franca lingua franca;

lengua fuente source language;

lengua hablada spoken language;

lengua de llegada target language;

lengua materna mother tongue;

mi lengua materna no es el español I'm not a native speaker of Spanish;

lengua meta target language;

lenguas modernas modern languages;

lengua muerta dead language;

lengua normativa standard language;

lengua de oc langue d'oc;

lengua de oíl langue d'oïl;

lengua original original o source language;

lengua romance Romance language;

lengua románica Romance language;

lengua viva living language;

lengua vulgar vulgar o coarse language

4. Esp [asignatura] Spanish (language)

* * *

lengua

f tongue;

darle a la lengua fam chatter;

lengua afilada o

de doble filo sharp tongue;

tirar a alguien de la lengua get information out of s.o.;

con la lengua fuera fig with one’s tongue hanging out;

irse de la lengua let the cat out of the bag;

morderse la lengua fig bite one’s tongue;

sacar la lengua a alguien stick one’s tongue out at s.o.;

lo tengo en la punta de la lengua it’s on the tip of my tongue

* * *

lengua nf

1) : tongue

morderse la lengua: to bite one's tongue

2) idioma: language

lengua materna: mother tongue, native language

lengua muerta: dead language

* * *

lengua n

1. (del cuerpo) tongue

me sacó la lengua she stuck her tongue out at me

2. (idioma) language

el inglés es una lengua extranjera English is a foreign language

irse de la lengua to let the cat out of the bag [pt. & pp. let]

tener la lengua muy larga to talk too much

lengua materna native language / mother tongue

Spanish-English dictionary > lengua

8 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:

IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis

JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association

SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)

PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)

PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly

WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)

PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)

\

О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts

\

1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.

2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.

3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.

5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.

6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.

7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.

8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.

9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.

10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.

11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.

12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.

15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.

16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.

17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.

19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.

20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.

21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.

22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.

23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.

24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.

25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.

27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.

28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.

29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.

31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.

32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.

33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.

34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.

36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.

37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.

38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.

39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.

40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.

41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).

42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.

43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.

44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.

45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.

47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.

48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.

49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.

50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.

51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.

52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.

53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.

54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.

55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.

56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.

57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.

58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.

59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.

60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.

61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.

62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.

63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.

64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.

65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.

66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.

67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.

68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.

69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.

70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.

71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.

72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.

73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.

74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.

75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.

76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.

77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).

78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.

79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.

80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.

81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.

82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.

83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.

85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.

86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.

87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.

88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.

89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.

90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.

91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.

92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.

93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.

94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.

95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.

96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.

98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.

99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.

100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.

101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.

102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.

103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.

104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.

105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.

106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.

107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.

110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.

111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.

112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.

114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.

116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.

117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.

119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.

120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.

121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.

122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.

123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.

125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.

126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.

127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.

128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.

129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.

130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.

133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.

134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.

135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.

136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.

137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.

140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.

141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.

142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.

143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.

144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.

145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.

147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.

148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.

149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.

150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.

151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.

152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.

153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.

154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.

155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.

156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.

157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.

158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.

159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.

161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.

164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.

165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.

166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.

167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.

168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.

170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.

171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.

173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.

174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.

175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.

176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.

177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.

178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.

179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.

180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.

181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.

183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.

184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.

185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.

186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.

187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.

188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.

189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.

190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.

193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.

195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.

196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.

198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.

199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.

200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.

201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.

202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.

203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.

204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.

205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.

207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.

210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.

211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.

212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.

214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.

215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.

216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.

218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.

220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.

221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.

222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.

223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.

224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.

225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.

226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.

227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.

228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.

229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.

230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).

231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.

232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.

233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.

235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.

236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.

237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.

240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.

241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.

242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.

243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.

244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).

245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.

246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.

247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.

248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.

249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.

250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.

251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.

252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.

253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.

254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.

255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.

256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.

257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.

258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.

259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.

260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.

261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.

262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.

263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.

264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.

265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.

266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.

267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.

268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.

271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.

272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.

273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.

274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.

275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.

276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.

277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.

278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.

279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.

280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.

281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.

282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.

283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.

284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.

285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.

286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.

287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.

288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.

289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.

290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.

292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.

293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.

295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.

296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.

297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.

298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.

299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.

300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.

301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.

302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.

303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.

304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.

305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.

306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.

308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.

309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.

311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.

312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.

313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.

314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.

315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.

316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.

317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.

318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.

319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.

320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.

321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.

322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.

323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.

324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.

326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.

327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.

330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.

331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.

332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.

335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.

336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.

337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.

338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.

339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).

341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.

342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.

344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).

345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.

346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.

347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.

348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.

349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.

350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.

354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.

355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.

356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.

357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.

358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.

359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.

360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.

366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.

367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.

368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.

369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.

371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.

372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.

373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.

374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.

375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.

376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.

377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.

379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.

380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.

381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.

383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.

384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.

385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.

386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.

387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.

390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.

391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.

392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.

395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).

396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.

397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.

399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.

401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.

402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.

403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.

404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.

405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.

406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.

407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.

409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).

410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.

411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.

412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.

414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.

415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.

416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.

417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.

418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.

420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.

422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.

423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.

424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.

425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.

426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).

427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.

428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.

429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.

430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.

432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.

433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.

434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.

435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.

436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.

437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.

438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.

439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.

440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.

441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).

442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.

443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.

444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.

445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.

447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.

449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.

450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.

451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.

458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.

459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.

460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.

461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.

462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.

463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.

464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.

465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.

466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.

467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.

468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.

470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.

471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.

474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.

475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.

476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.

477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.

478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.

479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.

480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.

481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.

482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.

483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.

484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.

485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.

486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.

487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).

488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.

489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.

490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.

491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.

492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.

493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.

494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.

495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.

496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.

498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.

499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.

501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.

502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.

503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.

504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.

505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.

506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.

507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.

508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.

510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.

511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.

512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.

514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.

516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.

517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.

518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.

521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.

522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.

524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.

525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.

526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.

527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.

529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.

530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.

531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.

532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.

533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.

534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.

535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.

536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.

538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.

539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.

540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.

544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.

545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.

548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.

549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.

550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.

551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.

552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.

553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.

554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.

555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.

556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.

558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.

560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.

561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.

562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.

564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.

565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.

566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.

567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.

568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.

569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.

570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.

571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.

572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.

573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.

577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.

578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.

579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.

580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.

581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.

582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.

585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.

586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.

589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.

590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.

591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.

592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.

593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.

595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.

596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.

597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.

598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.

599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.

600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.

601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.

602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.

604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.

606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).

608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.

609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.

610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.

612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.

613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.

614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.

615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.

617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.

618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.

621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.

623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.

626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.

627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.

628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.

629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.

631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.

633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.

634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.

635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.

636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.

637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.

638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.

639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.

640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.

642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.

644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.

645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.

646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.

647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.

648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.

649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.

650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.

652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.

653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.

654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.

655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.

656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.

657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.

658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.

659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.

660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.

661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.

662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.

663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.

664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.

665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.

666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.

667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.

668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.

669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.

670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.

671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.

672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.

673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.

674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.

675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.

676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.

677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.

678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.

679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.

681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.

682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.

684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.

685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.

687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.

688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.

690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.

691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.

692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.

693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.

695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.

696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.

697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.

698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.

699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.

700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.

702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.

703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.

704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.

706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.

707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.

708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.

709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.

711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.

712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.

713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.

714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.

715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.

716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.

717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.

718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.

719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.

721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.

722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.

723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.

724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.

725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.

726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.

727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.

728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.

729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.

731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).

733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.

734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.

735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.

736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.

737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.

738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.

739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.

740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.

743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.

744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.

745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.

746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.

747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.

748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.

750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.

752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.

753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.

754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.

755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.

756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.

757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.

759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.

760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.

762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.

763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.

764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.

765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.

766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.

768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.

769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.

770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.

771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.

772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.

773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.

774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.

775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.

776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.

777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.

778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.

779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.

780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.

782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.

783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.

784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.

785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.

787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.

788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.

789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.

790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.

791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.

793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.

794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.

795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.

796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.

798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.

799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.

800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.

801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.

802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.

803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.

806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.

807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.

808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.

809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.

810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.

812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.

813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.

815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.

816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.

817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.

818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.

819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).

821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.

822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.

825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.

826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.

828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.

829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.

830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.

831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.

832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.

833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.

834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.

835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.

836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.

838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.

839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.

840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.

841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.

842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.

843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.

845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.

847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.

848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.

849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).

850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.

852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.

853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.

854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.

855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).

856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.

857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.

858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.

861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.

862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.

865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.

866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.

867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.

868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.

869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.

870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.

871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.

872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.

873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.

874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.

875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.

876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.

877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.

878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.

879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.

880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.

881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.

882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.

885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).

886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.

887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).

889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.

891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.

894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.

895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.

898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.

899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.

900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.

901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.

902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.

903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.

904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

9 קידוש

קִידּוּש, קִדּ׳m. (קָדַש) 1) sanctification, esp. ק׳ השם the sanctification of the Name (of the Lord, v. קְדוּשָּׁה), loyally to the Jewish faith, martyrdom. Y.Shebi.IV, 35a bot. Pesik. Bshall., p. 87a>. Deut. R. s. 2 (ref. to Prov. 24:21) אמר לו דבר של ק׳ שמיוכ׳ (not קידש שמא) the Lord said to Solomon, a thing which concerns the sanctification of my name (the unity of God) dost thou express by a brief allusion? Y.Kidd.IV, 65c bot. גדול הוא ק׳ השם מחילול השם a positive act of sanctification of the Name is superior to (supersedes) a law which is to prevent profanation of the Name; בחילול השם כתיב … ובק׳ השם מתחלתוכ׳ concerning the profanation of the Name it is written (Deut. 21:23), ‘thou shalt not suffer his body to remain (even) over night, but when the Name was to be sanctified (by an act of retributive justice), it is written (2 Sam. 21:10), ‘from the beginning of the harvest ; Y.Snh.VI, 23d (corr. acc.); a. fr.Pl. קִידּוּשִׁין. laws of sanctity. Y.Yeb.II, 3d top למה סמך … לפרשת ק׳ why does the Biblical text join the chapter on sanctity (Lev. 19) to that on incest (Lev. 17)?; (Lev. R. s. 24 לפרשת קְדוֹשִׁים, v. קָדוֹש). 2) proclamation of sanctity; a) of the New Moon, seasons (by the authorities). Tosef.Snh.II, 1 ק׳ החדש ועיבורוכ׳ the proclamation of the New Moon and the intercalation of a month require a court of three. Y. ib. I, 18c top חבירים … לק׳ הח׳ dare untitled scholars (v. חָבֵר) be admitted to sit on the proclamation of the New Moon?; a. fr.B. Bath. 121a מועדייי׳ צריכין ק׳ בית דיןוכ׳ the festivals of the Lord require to be regulated by the proclamation of the court, but the weekly Sabbath does not. Y.R. Hash. III, 58d bot. ק׳ב״ד the official proclamation of the jubilee; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ex. R. s. 15 קִדּוּשֵׁי החדשים the proceedings at the proclamation of the New Moon.b) proclamation of the sanctity of the day by special prayer, Ḳiddush. Pes.100a מפסיקין לק׳ when the Sabbath or Holy Day begins, we must interrupt a meal to recite Ḳiddush. Ib. b ידי ק׳ יצאו they (that heard the Ḳiddush at synagogue) have complied with the duty of ushering the Sabbath in with Ḳiddush. Ib. 105a sq. אם אין לו … ק׳ היום מפני שק׳ היוםוכ׳ he who has only one cup of wine, recites over it the Ḳiddush of the day, because the sanctification of the day takes precedence of honoring the day (by grace after meal with wine). Meg.27b מכרה … והביאה לי ק׳ היום sold the bonnet on her head and procured for me the wine for the Ḳiddush of the day; a. fr. 3) washing hands and feet prior to a priestly function. Zeb.19b כיצד מצות ק׳ how is the act of washing done? Ib. לינה מועלת ק׳וכ׳ the intervention of the night has an effect on the sanctification of hands and feet, makes a renewed washing of hands and feet necessary. Ib. ק׳ שני the second sanctification (immediately before approaching the altar); Yoma 32b; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. III, 3. Ib. 32b; a. e. 4) (of mixed seeds) condemnation (v. קָרַש Pl. 7). Yeb.83a. 5) putting ashes in the water of lustration; the ashes put in. Ib. 42a bot. אסיפת אפרה … וק׳ (not לק׳, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 50) the collecting of its ashes, the drawing of water and the putting in of the ashes; ib. b Par. Vl, 1 ונפל הק׳וכ׳ and ashes fell on his hand. Ib. 2. Tosef. ib. VI (V), 1 עוסק עם הק׳ is engaged in the act of ḳiddush. Ib. 3 צריך ק׳ שני requires an additional putting in of ashes; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. 5; a. e.6) betrothal. Mekh. Mishp. s. 3 ק׳ אחר ק׳וכ׳ the father of a minor has the authority to give her away in marriage a second time, v. אַמְהוּת; אבל לא אמהות אחר ק׳ but he cannot hire her out after having once given her away. Y.Kidd.II, 62c top נכללין בק׳ … בשלשה קידושין they (the three objects he gave her, when he said, ‘be betrothed with this, and this and this) are combined to form one act of betrothal (which is valid, if the three objects combined have the legally prescribed value), and are separated (if he said, ‘be betrothed with this, with this, with this) to form three acts of betrothal (and one of the objects at least must have the legal value); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib.Esp. ḳiddush in, the act of betrothal, legal and legitimate marriage (connubium). Kidd.IV, 9 קִידּוּשֶׁיהָ ק׳ her acceptance of the betrothal is a valid marriage; קִדּוּשָׁיו ק׳ his (the authorized messengers) acceptance is valid. Ib. III, 12 כל מקום שיש ק׳ ואין עברהוכ׳ wherever a betrothal is valid (where there is connubium), and no sin is connected with it, the issue follows the legal status of the male parent; וכל מקום שיש ק׳ ויש עברהוכ׳ but where the betrothal, if performed, is valid but sin is connected therewith, the issue has the status of the inferior parent, e. g. a widow married to a high priest. Ib. כל מי שאין לה עליו ק׳ אבל יש לה על אחרים ק׳וכ׳ in a case where a marriage cannot take place with that special person (on account of consanguinity), but may take place with others, the issue is a bastard (מַמְזֵר); וכל מי שאין לה לא עליו … ק׳וכ׳ where a marriage cannot take place either with that special person or with other Israelites (she having no right of connubium), the issue follows the status of the mother. Yeb.10b, a. fr. אין ק׳ תופסיןוכ׳ betrothal takes no effect in the case of Kidd.60b, a. fr. קִידּוּשֵׁי ודאי an undisputed betrothal; קידושי ספק a legally doubtful betrothal; a. fr.Trnsf. קִידּוּשִׁים, קִידּוּשִׁין, קִדּ׳ betrothal festivities, contrad. to wedding festivities. Num. R. s. 12 ועשה לה ק׳ גדולים and arranged for her sake large festivities; ib. (ref. to Ex. 20:18) ולא היו אלא ק׳ and these were merely the solemnities of (Israels) betrothal (ref. to וקדשתם, ib. 19:10); Pesik. R. s. 5; Tanḥ. Naso 17. Ḳiddushin, name of a treatise of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi, of the Order of Nashim. B. Bath.52b (a reference to Tosef.Kidd.I, 5) תני וב … בק׳ דבי לוי Rab … taught from the treatise of Ḳiddushin of the school of Levi (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 1).

Jewish literature > קידוש

10 קד׳

קִידּוּש, קִדּ׳m. (קָדַש) 1) sanctification, esp. ק׳ השם the sanctification of the Name (of the Lord, v. קְדוּשָּׁה), loyally to the Jewish faith, martyrdom. Y.Shebi.IV, 35a bot. Pesik. Bshall., p. 87a>. Deut. R. s. 2 (ref. to Prov. 24:21) אמר לו דבר של ק׳ שמיוכ׳ (not קידש שמא) the Lord said to Solomon, a thing which concerns the sanctification of my name (the unity of God) dost thou express by a brief allusion? Y.Kidd.IV, 65c bot. גדול הוא ק׳ השם מחילול השם a positive act of sanctification of the Name is superior to (supersedes) a law which is to prevent profanation of the Name; בחילול השם כתיב … ובק׳ השם מתחלתוכ׳ concerning the profanation of the Name it is written (Deut. 21:23), ‘thou shalt not suffer his body to remain (even) over night, but when the Name was to be sanctified (by an act of retributive justice), it is written (2 Sam. 21:10), ‘from the beginning of the harvest ; Y.Snh.VI, 23d (corr. acc.); a. fr.Pl. קִידּוּשִׁין. laws of sanctity. Y.Yeb.II, 3d top למה סמך … לפרשת ק׳ why does the Biblical text join the chapter on sanctity (Lev. 19) to that on incest (Lev. 17)?; (Lev. R. s. 24 לפרשת קְדוֹשִׁים, v. קָדוֹש). 2) proclamation of sanctity; a) of the New Moon, seasons (by the authorities). Tosef.Snh.II, 1 ק׳ החדש ועיבורוכ׳ the proclamation of the New Moon and the intercalation of a month require a court of three. Y. ib. I, 18c top חבירים … לק׳ הח׳ dare untitled scholars (v. חָבֵר) be admitted to sit on the proclamation of the New Moon?; a. fr.B. Bath. 121a מועדייי׳ צריכין ק׳ בית דיןוכ׳ the festivals of the Lord require to be regulated by the proclamation of the court, but the weekly Sabbath does not. Y.R. Hash. III, 58d bot. ק׳ב״ד the official proclamation of the jubilee; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ex. R. s. 15 קִדּוּשֵׁי החדשים the proceedings at the proclamation of the New Moon.b) proclamation of the sanctity of the day by special prayer, Ḳiddush. Pes.100a מפסיקין לק׳ when the Sabbath or Holy Day begins, we must interrupt a meal to recite Ḳiddush. Ib. b ידי ק׳ יצאו they (that heard the Ḳiddush at synagogue) have complied with the duty of ushering the Sabbath in with Ḳiddush. Ib. 105a sq. אם אין לו … ק׳ היום מפני שק׳ היוםוכ׳ he who has only one cup of wine, recites over it the Ḳiddush of the day, because the sanctification of the day takes precedence of honoring the day (by grace after meal with wine). Meg.27b מכרה … והביאה לי ק׳ היום sold the bonnet on her head and procured for me the wine for the Ḳiddush of the day; a. fr. 3) washing hands and feet prior to a priestly function. Zeb.19b כיצד מצות ק׳ how is the act of washing done? Ib. לינה מועלת ק׳וכ׳ the intervention of the night has an effect on the sanctification of hands and feet, makes a renewed washing of hands and feet necessary. Ib. ק׳ שני the second sanctification (immediately before approaching the altar); Yoma 32b; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. III, 3. Ib. 32b; a. e. 4) (of mixed seeds) condemnation (v. קָרַש Pl. 7). Yeb.83a. 5) putting ashes in the water of lustration; the ashes put in. Ib. 42a bot. אסיפת אפרה … וק׳ (not לק׳, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 50) the collecting of its ashes, the drawing of water and the putting in of the ashes; ib. b Par. Vl, 1 ונפל הק׳וכ׳ and ashes fell on his hand. Ib. 2. Tosef. ib. VI (V), 1 עוסק עם הק׳ is engaged in the act of ḳiddush. Ib. 3 צריך ק׳ שני requires an additional putting in of ashes; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. 5; a. e.6) betrothal. Mekh. Mishp. s. 3 ק׳ אחר ק׳וכ׳ the father of a minor has the authority to give her away in marriage a second time, v. אַמְהוּת; אבל לא אמהות אחר ק׳ but he cannot hire her out after having once given her away. Y.Kidd.II, 62c top נכללין בק׳ … בשלשה קידושין they (the three objects he gave her, when he said, ‘be betrothed with this, and this and this) are combined to form one act of betrothal (which is valid, if the three objects combined have the legally prescribed value), and are separated (if he said, ‘be betrothed with this, with this, with this) to form three acts of betrothal (and one of the objects at least must have the legal value); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib.Esp. ḳiddush in, the act of betrothal, legal and legitimate marriage (connubium). Kidd.IV, 9 קִידּוּשֶׁיהָ ק׳ her acceptance of the betrothal is a valid marriage; קִדּוּשָׁיו ק׳ his (the authorized messengers) acceptance is valid. Ib. III, 12 כל מקום שיש ק׳ ואין עברהוכ׳ wherever a betrothal is valid (where there is connubium), and no sin is connected with it, the issue follows the legal status of the male parent; וכל מקום שיש ק׳ ויש עברהוכ׳ but where the betrothal, if performed, is valid but sin is connected therewith, the issue has the status of the inferior parent, e. g. a widow married to a high priest. Ib. כל מי שאין לה עליו ק׳ אבל יש לה על אחרים ק׳וכ׳ in a case where a marriage cannot take place with that special person (on account of consanguinity), but may take place with others, the issue is a bastard (מַמְזֵר); וכל מי שאין לה לא עליו … ק׳וכ׳ where a marriage cannot take place either with that special person or with other Israelites (she having no right of connubium), the issue follows the status of the mother. Yeb.10b, a. fr. אין ק׳ תופסיןוכ׳ betrothal takes no effect in the case of Kidd.60b, a. fr. קִידּוּשֵׁי ודאי an undisputed betrothal; קידושי ספק a legally doubtful betrothal; a. fr.Trnsf. קִידּוּשִׁים, קִידּוּשִׁין, קִדּ׳ betrothal festivities, contrad. to wedding festivities. Num. R. s. 12 ועשה לה ק׳ גדולים and arranged for her sake large festivities; ib. (ref. to Ex. 20:18) ולא היו אלא ק׳ and these were merely the solemnities of (Israels) betrothal (ref. to וקדשתם, ib. 19:10); Pesik. R. s. 5; Tanḥ. Naso 17. Ḳiddushin, name of a treatise of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi, of the Order of Nashim. B. Bath.52b (a reference to Tosef.Kidd.I, 5) תני וב … בק׳ דבי לוי Rab … taught from the treatise of Ḳiddushin of the school of Levi (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 1).

Jewish literature > קד׳

11 קִידּוּש

קִידּוּש, קִדּ׳m. (קָדַש) 1) sanctification, esp. ק׳ השם the sanctification of the Name (of the Lord, v. קְדוּשָּׁה), loyally to the Jewish faith, martyrdom. Y.Shebi.IV, 35a bot. Pesik. Bshall., p. 87a>. Deut. R. s. 2 (ref. to Prov. 24:21) אמר לו דבר של ק׳ שמיוכ׳ (not קידש שמא) the Lord said to Solomon, a thing which concerns the sanctification of my name (the unity of God) dost thou express by a brief allusion? Y.Kidd.IV, 65c bot. גדול הוא ק׳ השם מחילול השם a positive act of sanctification of the Name is superior to (supersedes) a law which is to prevent profanation of the Name; בחילול השם כתיב … ובק׳ השם מתחלתוכ׳ concerning the profanation of the Name it is written (Deut. 21:23), ‘thou shalt not suffer his body to remain (even) over night, but when the Name was to be sanctified (by an act of retributive justice), it is written (2 Sam. 21:10), ‘from the beginning of the harvest ; Y.Snh.VI, 23d (corr. acc.); a. fr.Pl. קִידּוּשִׁין. laws of sanctity. Y.Yeb.II, 3d top למה סמך … לפרשת ק׳ why does the Biblical text join the chapter on sanctity (Lev. 19) to that on incest (Lev. 17)?; (Lev. R. s. 24 לפרשת קְדוֹשִׁים, v. קָדוֹש). 2) proclamation of sanctity; a) of the New Moon, seasons (by the authorities). Tosef.Snh.II, 1 ק׳ החדש ועיבורוכ׳ the proclamation of the New Moon and the intercalation of a month require a court of three. Y. ib. I, 18c top חבירים … לק׳ הח׳ dare untitled scholars (v. חָבֵר) be admitted to sit on the proclamation of the New Moon?; a. fr.B. Bath. 121a מועדייי׳ צריכין ק׳ בית דיןוכ׳ the festivals of the Lord require to be regulated by the proclamation of the court, but the weekly Sabbath does not. Y.R. Hash. III, 58d bot. ק׳ב״ד the official proclamation of the jubilee; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ex. R. s. 15 קִדּוּשֵׁי החדשים the proceedings at the proclamation of the New Moon.b) proclamation of the sanctity of the day by special prayer, Ḳiddush. Pes.100a מפסיקין לק׳ when the Sabbath or Holy Day begins, we must interrupt a meal to recite Ḳiddush. Ib. b ידי ק׳ יצאו they (that heard the Ḳiddush at synagogue) have complied with the duty of ushering the Sabbath in with Ḳiddush. Ib. 105a sq. אם אין לו … ק׳ היום מפני שק׳ היוםוכ׳ he who has only one cup of wine, recites over it the Ḳiddush of the day, because the sanctification of the day takes precedence of honoring the day (by grace after meal with wine). Meg.27b מכרה … והביאה לי ק׳ היום sold the bonnet on her head and procured for me the wine for the Ḳiddush of the day; a. fr. 3) washing hands and feet prior to a priestly function. Zeb.19b כיצד מצות ק׳ how is the act of washing done? Ib. לינה מועלת ק׳וכ׳ the intervention of the night has an effect on the sanctification of hands and feet, makes a renewed washing of hands and feet necessary. Ib. ק׳ שני the second sanctification (immediately before approaching the altar); Yoma 32b; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. III, 3. Ib. 32b; a. e. 4) (of mixed seeds) condemnation (v. קָרַש Pl. 7). Yeb.83a. 5) putting ashes in the water of lustration; the ashes put in. Ib. 42a bot. אסיפת אפרה … וק׳ (not לק׳, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 50) the collecting of its ashes, the drawing of water and the putting in of the ashes; ib. b Par. Vl, 1 ונפל הק׳וכ׳ and ashes fell on his hand. Ib. 2. Tosef. ib. VI (V), 1 עוסק עם הק׳ is engaged in the act of ḳiddush. Ib. 3 צריך ק׳ שני requires an additional putting in of ashes; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. 5; a. e.6) betrothal. Mekh. Mishp. s. 3 ק׳ אחר ק׳וכ׳ the father of a minor has the authority to give her away in marriage a second time, v. אַמְהוּת; אבל לא אמהות אחר ק׳ but he cannot hire her out after having once given her away. Y.Kidd.II, 62c top נכללין בק׳ … בשלשה קידושין they (the three objects he gave her, when he said, ‘be betrothed with this, and this and this) are combined to form one act of betrothal (which is valid, if the three objects combined have the legally prescribed value), and are separated (if he said, ‘be betrothed with this, with this, with this) to form three acts of betrothal (and one of the objects at least must have the legal value); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib.Esp. ḳiddush in, the act of betrothal, legal and legitimate marriage (connubium). Kidd.IV, 9 קִידּוּשֶׁיהָ ק׳ her acceptance of the betrothal is a valid marriage; קִדּוּשָׁיו ק׳ his (the authorized messengers) acceptance is valid. Ib. III, 12 כל מקום שיש ק׳ ואין עברהוכ׳ wherever a betrothal is valid (where there is connubium), and no sin is connected with it, the issue follows the legal status of the male parent; וכל מקום שיש ק׳ ויש עברהוכ׳ but where the betrothal, if performed, is valid but sin is connected therewith, the issue has the status of the inferior parent, e. g. a widow married to a high priest. Ib. כל מי שאין לה עליו ק׳ אבל יש לה על אחרים ק׳וכ׳ in a case where a marriage cannot take place with that special person (on account of consanguinity), but may take place with others, the issue is a bastard (מַמְזֵר); וכל מי שאין לה לא עליו … ק׳וכ׳ where a marriage cannot take place either with that special person or with other Israelites (she having no right of connubium), the issue follows the status of the mother. Yeb.10b, a. fr. אין ק׳ תופסיןוכ׳ betrothal takes no effect in the case of Kidd.60b, a. fr. קִידּוּשֵׁי ודאי an undisputed betrothal; קידושי ספק a legally doubtful betrothal; a. fr.Trnsf. קִידּוּשִׁים, קִידּוּשִׁין, קִדּ׳ betrothal festivities, contrad. to wedding festivities. Num. R. s. 12 ועשה לה ק׳ גדולים and arranged for her sake large festivities; ib. (ref. to Ex. 20:18) ולא היו אלא ק׳ and these were merely the solemnities of (Israels) betrothal (ref. to וקדשתם, ib. 19:10); Pesik. R. s. 5; Tanḥ. Naso 17. Ḳiddushin, name of a treatise of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi, of the Order of Nashim. B. Bath.52b (a reference to Tosef.Kidd.I, 5) תני וב … בק׳ דבי לוי Rab … taught from the treatise of Ḳiddushin of the school of Levi (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 1).

Jewish literature > קִידּוּש

12 קִדּ׳

קִידּוּש, קִדּ׳m. (קָדַש) 1) sanctification, esp. ק׳ השם the sanctification of the Name (of the Lord, v. קְדוּשָּׁה), loyally to the Jewish faith, martyrdom. Y.Shebi.IV, 35a bot. Pesik. Bshall., p. 87a>. Deut. R. s. 2 (ref. to Prov. 24:21) אמר לו דבר של ק׳ שמיוכ׳ (not קידש שמא) the Lord said to Solomon, a thing which concerns the sanctification of my name (the unity of God) dost thou express by a brief allusion? Y.Kidd.IV, 65c bot. גדול הוא ק׳ השם מחילול השם a positive act of sanctification of the Name is superior to (supersedes) a law which is to prevent profanation of the Name; בחילול השם כתיב … ובק׳ השם מתחלתוכ׳ concerning the profanation of the Name it is written (Deut. 21:23), ‘thou shalt not suffer his body to remain (even) over night, but when the Name was to be sanctified (by an act of retributive justice), it is written (2 Sam. 21:10), ‘from the beginning of the harvest ; Y.Snh.VI, 23d (corr. acc.); a. fr.Pl. קִידּוּשִׁין. laws of sanctity. Y.Yeb.II, 3d top למה סמך … לפרשת ק׳ why does the Biblical text join the chapter on sanctity (Lev. 19) to that on incest (Lev. 17)?; (Lev. R. s. 24 לפרשת קְדוֹשִׁים, v. קָדוֹש). 2) proclamation of sanctity; a) of the New Moon, seasons (by the authorities). Tosef.Snh.II, 1 ק׳ החדש ועיבורוכ׳ the proclamation of the New Moon and the intercalation of a month require a court of three. Y. ib. I, 18c top חבירים … לק׳ הח׳ dare untitled scholars (v. חָבֵר) be admitted to sit on the proclamation of the New Moon?; a. fr.B. Bath. 121a מועדייי׳ צריכין ק׳ בית דיןוכ׳ the festivals of the Lord require to be regulated by the proclamation of the court, but the weekly Sabbath does not. Y.R. Hash. III, 58d bot. ק׳ב״ד the official proclamation of the jubilee; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ex. R. s. 15 קִדּוּשֵׁי החדשים the proceedings at the proclamation of the New Moon.b) proclamation of the sanctity of the day by special prayer, Ḳiddush. Pes.100a מפסיקין לק׳ when the Sabbath or Holy Day begins, we must interrupt a meal to recite Ḳiddush. Ib. b ידי ק׳ יצאו they (that heard the Ḳiddush at synagogue) have complied with the duty of ushering the Sabbath in with Ḳiddush. Ib. 105a sq. אם אין לו … ק׳ היום מפני שק׳ היוםוכ׳ he who has only one cup of wine, recites over it the Ḳiddush of the day, because the sanctification of the day takes precedence of honoring the day (by grace after meal with wine). Meg.27b מכרה … והביאה לי ק׳ היום sold the bonnet on her head and procured for me the wine for the Ḳiddush of the day; a. fr. 3) washing hands and feet prior to a priestly function. Zeb.19b כיצד מצות ק׳ how is the act of washing done? Ib. לינה מועלת ק׳וכ׳ the intervention of the night has an effect on the sanctification of hands and feet, makes a renewed washing of hands and feet necessary. Ib. ק׳ שני the second sanctification (immediately before approaching the altar); Yoma 32b; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. III, 3. Ib. 32b; a. e. 4) (of mixed seeds) condemnation (v. קָרַש Pl. 7). Yeb.83a. 5) putting ashes in the water of lustration; the ashes put in. Ib. 42a bot. אסיפת אפרה … וק׳ (not לק׳, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 50) the collecting of its ashes, the drawing of water and the putting in of the ashes; ib. b Par. Vl, 1 ונפל הק׳וכ׳ and ashes fell on his hand. Ib. 2. Tosef. ib. VI (V), 1 עוסק עם הק׳ is engaged in the act of ḳiddush. Ib. 3 צריך ק׳ שני requires an additional putting in of ashes; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib. 5; a. e.6) betrothal. Mekh. Mishp. s. 3 ק׳ אחר ק׳וכ׳ the father of a minor has the authority to give her away in marriage a second time, v. אַמְהוּת; אבל לא אמהות אחר ק׳ but he cannot hire her out after having once given her away. Y.Kidd.II, 62c top נכללין בק׳ … בשלשה קידושין they (the three objects he gave her, when he said, ‘be betrothed with this, and this and this) are combined to form one act of betrothal (which is valid, if the three objects combined have the legally prescribed value), and are separated (if he said, ‘be betrothed with this, with this, with this) to form three acts of betrothal (and one of the objects at least must have the legal value); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ib.Esp. ḳiddush in, the act of betrothal, legal and legitimate marriage (connubium). Kidd.IV, 9 קִידּוּשֶׁיהָ ק׳ her acceptance of the betrothal is a valid marriage; קִדּוּשָׁיו ק׳ his (the authorized messengers) acceptance is valid. Ib. III, 12 כל מקום שיש ק׳ ואין עברהוכ׳ wherever a betrothal is valid (where there is connubium), and no sin is connected with it, the issue follows the legal status of the male parent; וכל מקום שיש ק׳ ויש עברהוכ׳ but where the betrothal, if performed, is valid but sin is connected therewith, the issue has the status of the inferior parent, e. g. a widow married to a high priest. Ib. כל מי שאין לה עליו ק׳ אבל יש לה על אחרים ק׳וכ׳ in a case where a marriage cannot take place with that special person (on account of consanguinity), but may take place with others, the issue is a bastard (מַמְזֵר); וכל מי שאין לה לא עליו … ק׳וכ׳ where a marriage cannot take place either with that special person or with other Israelites (she having no right of connubium), the issue follows the status of the mother. Yeb.10b, a. fr. אין ק׳ תופסיןוכ׳ betrothal takes no effect in the case of Kidd.60b, a. fr. קִידּוּשֵׁי ודאי an undisputed betrothal; קידושי ספק a legally doubtful betrothal; a. fr.Trnsf. קִידּוּשִׁים, קִידּוּשִׁין, קִדּ׳ betrothal festivities, contrad. to wedding festivities. Num. R. s. 12 ועשה לה ק׳ גדולים and arranged for her sake large festivities; ib. (ref. to Ex. 20:18) ולא היו אלא ק׳ and these were merely the solemnities of (Israels) betrothal (ref. to וקדשתם, ib. 19:10); Pesik. R. s. 5; Tanḥ. Naso 17. Ḳiddushin, name of a treatise of the Mishnah, Tosefta, Talmud Babli and Yrushalmi, of the Order of Nashim. B. Bath.52b (a reference to Tosef.Kidd.I, 5) תני וב … בק׳ דבי לוי Rab … taught from the treatise of Ḳiddushin of the school of Levi (v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 1).

Jewish literature > קִדּ׳

13 recueillir

recueillir [ʀ(ə)kœjiʀ]

➭ TABLE 12

1. transitive verb

   a. [+ argent, documents, liquide] to collect ; [+ suffrages] to win

• il a recueilli 100 voix he got 100 votes

   b. ( = accueillir) [+ enfant, réfugié, animal] to take in

   c. ( = enregistrer) to record

2. reflexive verb

► se recueillir to collect one's thoughts

• aller se recueillir sur la tombe de qn to go and meditate at sb's grave

* * *
ʀəkœjiʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( rassembler) to collect [dons, signatures, anecdotes]; to gather, to collect [témoignages, renseignements]

2) ( obtenir) to get [voix, nouvelles]; to gain [consensus]; to achieve [unanimité]; to win [louanges]

recueillir des applaudissements — [personne, proposition] to be greeted with applause

3) ( récupérer) to collect [eau, résine]; to gather [miel]

cuvette pour recueillir l'eau — bowl to catch the water

4) ( prendre avec soi) to take in [orphelin]

5) ( enregistrer) to record [impression, opinions]; ( par écrit) to take down [déposition]

6) ( hériter) to inherit [fortune]; to receive [héritage]

2.

se recueillir verbe pronominal

1) ( méditer) to commune with oneself

2) ( prier) to engage in private prayer

* * *
ʀ(ə)kœjiʀ vt
1) [informations, renseignements] to collect

recueillir les propos de qn (= interviewer) — to note down sb's words

2) (= accueillir) [réfugiés, chat] to take in

3) [voix, suffrages] to win

* * *

recueillir verb table: cueillir

A vtr

1 ( rassembler) to collect [dons, signatures, anecdotes]; to gather, to collect [témoignages, renseignements];

2 ( obtenir) to obtain, to get [voix, nouvelles]; to gain [consensus]; to achieve [unanimité]; to win [louanges]; recueillir des applaudissements [personne, proposition] to be greeted with applause;

3 ( récupérer) to collect [eau, résine]; to gather [miel]; cuvette pour recueillir l'eau bowl to catch the water; recueillir le fruit de son travail to reap the fruit of one's labour^GB;

4 ( prendre avec soi) to take in [orphelin]; to pick up [naufragé];

5 ( enregistrer) to record [impression, opinions]; ( par écrit) to take down [déposition];

6 ( hériter) to inherit [fortune]; to receive [héritage].

B se recueillir vpr

1 ( méditer) to commune with oneself; ( se concentrer) se recueillir avant d'entrer en scène to collect oneself before going on stage; se recueillir sur la tombe de qn to stay some time in silent contemplation at sb's grave [parent]; to pay homage to sb's memory [héros]; se recueillir au monument aux morts to stand in silent remembrance before the war memorial;

2 ( prier) to engage in private prayer.

[rəkɶjir] verbe transitif

1. [récolter] to gather, to pick

les abeilles recueillent le pollen bees collect ou gather pollen

recueillir le fruit de son travail to reap the fruit of one's labour

elle espère recueillir plus de la moitié des suffrages she hopes to win more than half the votes

2. [renseignements] to collect, to obtain

[argent] to collect

j'ai recueilli ses dernières paroles (littéraire) I received his last words

3. [personne] to take in (separable)

recueillir un oiseau tombé du nid to take care of a bird which has fallen from its nest

————————

se recueillir verbe pronominal intransitif

[penser] to spend some moments in silence

[prier] to pray

aller se recueillir sur la tombe de quelqu'un to spend some moments in silence at somebody's graveside

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > recueillir

См. также в других словарях:

One Night with Blue Note — Directed by John Charles Jopson Produced by Bruce Lundvall Tammara Wells … Wikipedia

One Health — has been defined as the collaborative effort of multiple disciplines working locally, nationally, and globally – to attain optimal health for people, animals and the environment. [1] Contents 1 Background 2 Emerging Infectious Diseases 3 … Wikipedia

One Canada Square — A view of One Canada Square, the second tallest building in the United Kingdom. Record height Tallest in the United … Wikipedia

One Big Union (concept) — The One Big Union is a concept which emerged in the late 19th and early 20th centuries amongst working class trade unionists. Unions initially organised as craft or trade unions. Workers were organized by their skill: carpenters, plumbers,… … Wikipedia

One (Canadian TV channel) — One ONE logo Launched September 7, 2001 Owned by ZoomerMedia Picture format 480i (SDTV) Country … Wikipedia

parent-child relationships — Traditionally, fathers have believed that their role, as a counterpoint to the role of mothers was decidedly not to encourage or tolerate emotional indulgence and promote dependency. They assumed instead the role of stern disciplinarian (Fei… … Encyclopedia of Contemporary Chinese Culture

One-drop rule — The one drop rule is a historical colloquial term in the United States for the social classification as black of individuals with any African ancestry; meaning any person with one drop of black blood was considered as black. The principle was an… … Wikipedia

Single parent — is a term that is mostly used to suggest that one parent has most of the day to day responsibilities in the raising of the child or children, which would categorize them as the dominant caregiver. The dominant caregiver is the parent in which the … Wikipedia

Blue Note Records — infobox record label name = Blue Note Records image bg = white parent = EMI founded = 1939 founder = Alfred Lion Francis Wolff Max Margulis distributor = Blue Note Label Group genre = Jazz country = US location = url = [http://www.bluenote.com/… … Wikipedia

Noncustodial parent — A noncustodial parent is a parent who does not have physical and/or legal custody of his/her child by court order. A child custody determination means a judgment, decree, or other order of a court providing for the legal custody, physical custody … Wikipedia

Life of Joseph Smith, Jr. from 1827 to 1830 — The life of Joseph Smith, Jr. from 1827 to 1830 includes some of his life s most significant events, and some of the most important history of the Latter Day Saint movement , the Restorationist religious movement he initiated during this period.… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

note from one's parent(s)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

note from one's parent(s)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: